BFD whitespace fixes
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / bfd / elf32-sh.c
1 /* Renesas / SuperH SH specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1996-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Contributed by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
4
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
21
22 #include "sysdep.h"
23 #include "bfd.h"
24 #include "bfdlink.h"
25 #include "libbfd.h"
26 #include "elf-bfd.h"
27 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
28 #include "elf/sh.h"
29 #include "dwarf2.h"
30 #include "libiberty.h"
31 #include "../opcodes/sh-opc.h"
32
33 static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_reloc
34 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
35 static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_ignore_reloc
36 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
37 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes
38 (bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma, int);
39 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_align_loads
40 (bfd *, asection *, Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_byte *, bfd_boolean *);
41 #ifndef SH64_ELF
42 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_swap_insns
43 (bfd *, asection *, void *, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma);
44 #endif
45 static int sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc
46 (struct bfd_link_info *, int, int);
47 static bfd_vma dtpoff_base
48 (struct bfd_link_info *);
49 static bfd_vma tpoff
50 (struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma);
51
52 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
53 section. */
54
55 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
56
57 /* FDPIC binaries have a default 128K stack. */
58 #define DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE 0x20000
59
60 #define MINUS_ONE ((bfd_vma) 0 - 1)
61
62 /* Decide whether a reference to a symbol can be resolved locally or
63 not. If the symbol is protected, we want the local address, but
64 its function descriptor must be assigned by the dynamic linker. */
65 #define SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL(INFO, H) \
66 (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (INFO, H) \
67 || ! elf_hash_table (INFO)->dynamic_sections_created)
68 \f
69 #define SH_PARTIAL32 TRUE
70 #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0xffffffff
71 #define SH_ELF_RELOC sh_elf_reloc
72 static reloc_howto_type sh_elf_howto_table[] =
73 {
74 #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
75 };
76
77 #define SH_PARTIAL32 FALSE
78 #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0
79 #define SH_ELF_RELOC bfd_elf_generic_reloc
80 static reloc_howto_type sh_vxworks_howto_table[] =
81 {
82 #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
83 };
84 \f
85 /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is a VxWorks object. */
86
87 static bfd_boolean
88 vxworks_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
89 {
90 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
91 extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec;
92 extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_vxworks_vec;
93
94 return (abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec
95 || abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_vxworks_vec);
96 #else
97 return FALSE;
98 #endif
99 }
100
101 /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is an FDPIC object. */
102
103 static bfd_boolean
104 fdpic_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
105 {
106 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
107 extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec;
108 extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec;
109
110 return (abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec
111 || abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec);
112 #else
113 return FALSE;
114 #endif
115 }
116
117 /* Return the howto table for ABFD. */
118
119 static reloc_howto_type *
120 get_howto_table (bfd *abfd)
121 {
122 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
123 return sh_vxworks_howto_table;
124 return sh_elf_howto_table;
125 }
126
127 static bfd_reloc_status_type
128 sh_elf_reloc_loop (int r_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd *input_bfd,
129 asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
130 bfd_vma addr, asection *symbol_section,
131 bfd_vma start, bfd_vma end)
132 {
133 static bfd_vma last_addr;
134 static asection *last_symbol_section;
135 bfd_byte *start_ptr, *ptr, *last_ptr;
136 int diff, cum_diff;
137 bfd_signed_vma x;
138 int insn;
139
140 /* Sanity check the address. */
141 if (addr > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
142 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
143
144 /* We require the start and end relocations to be processed consecutively -
145 although we allow then to be processed forwards or backwards. */
146 if (! last_addr)
147 {
148 last_addr = addr;
149 last_symbol_section = symbol_section;
150 return bfd_reloc_ok;
151 }
152 if (last_addr != addr)
153 abort ();
154 last_addr = 0;
155
156 if (! symbol_section || last_symbol_section != symbol_section || end < start)
157 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
158
159 /* Get the symbol_section contents. */
160 if (symbol_section != input_section)
161 {
162 if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
163 contents = elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents;
164 else
165 {
166 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (input_bfd, symbol_section,
167 &contents))
168 {
169 if (contents != NULL)
170 free (contents);
171 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
172 }
173 }
174 }
175 #define IS_PPI(PTR) ((bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, (PTR)) & 0xfc00) == 0xf800)
176 start_ptr = contents + start;
177 for (cum_diff = -6, ptr = contents + end; cum_diff < 0 && ptr > start_ptr;)
178 {
179 for (last_ptr = ptr, ptr -= 4; ptr >= start_ptr && IS_PPI (ptr);)
180 ptr -= 2;
181 ptr += 2;
182 diff = (last_ptr - ptr) >> 1;
183 cum_diff += diff & 1;
184 cum_diff += diff;
185 }
186 /* Calculate the start / end values to load into rs / re minus four -
187 so that will cancel out the four we would otherwise have to add to
188 addr to get the value to subtract in order to get relative addressing. */
189 if (cum_diff >= 0)
190 {
191 start -= 4;
192 end = (ptr + cum_diff * 2) - contents;
193 }
194 else
195 {
196 bfd_vma start0 = start - 4;
197
198 while (start0 && IS_PPI (contents + start0))
199 start0 -= 2;
200 start0 = start - 2 - ((start - start0) & 2);
201 start = start0 - cum_diff - 2;
202 end = start0;
203 }
204
205 if (contents != NULL
206 && elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
207 free (contents);
208
209 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + addr);
210
211 x = (insn & 0x200 ? end : start) - addr;
212 if (input_section != symbol_section)
213 x += ((symbol_section->output_section->vma + symbol_section->output_offset)
214 - (input_section->output_section->vma
215 + input_section->output_offset));
216 x >>= 1;
217 if (x < -128 || x > 127)
218 return bfd_reloc_overflow;
219
220 x = (insn & ~0xff) | (x & 0xff);
221 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) x, contents + addr);
222
223 return bfd_reloc_ok;
224 }
225
226 /* This function is used for normal relocs. This used to be like the COFF
227 function, and is almost certainly incorrect for other ELF targets. */
228
229 static bfd_reloc_status_type
230 sh_elf_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol_in,
231 void *data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
232 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
233 {
234 unsigned long insn;
235 bfd_vma sym_value;
236 enum elf_sh_reloc_type r_type;
237 bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address;
238 bfd_byte *hit_data = addr + (bfd_byte *) data;
239
240 r_type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) reloc_entry->howto->type;
241
242 if (output_bfd != NULL)
243 {
244 /* Partial linking--do nothing. */
245 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
246 return bfd_reloc_ok;
247 }
248
249 /* Almost all relocs have to do with relaxing. If any work must be
250 done for them, it has been done in sh_relax_section. */
251 if (r_type == R_SH_IND12W && (symbol_in->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0)
252 return bfd_reloc_ok;
253
254 if (symbol_in != NULL
255 && bfd_is_und_section (symbol_in->section))
256 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
257
258 /* PR 17512: file: 9891ca98. */
259 if (addr * bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd) + bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_entry->howto)
260 > bfd_get_section_limit_octets (abfd, input_section))
261 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
262
263 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol_in->section))
264 sym_value = 0;
265 else
266 sym_value = (symbol_in->value +
267 symbol_in->section->output_section->vma +
268 symbol_in->section->output_offset);
269
270 switch (r_type)
271 {
272 case R_SH_DIR32:
273 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_data);
274 insn += sym_value + reloc_entry->addend;
275 bfd_put_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
276 break;
277 case R_SH_IND12W:
278 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, hit_data);
279 sym_value += reloc_entry->addend;
280 sym_value -= (input_section->output_section->vma
281 + input_section->output_offset
282 + addr
283 + 4);
284 sym_value += (insn & 0xfff) << 1;
285 if (insn & 0x800)
286 sym_value -= 0x1000;
287 insn = (insn & 0xf000) | (sym_value & 0xfff);
288 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
289 if (sym_value < (bfd_vma) -0x1000 || sym_value >= 0x1000)
290 return bfd_reloc_overflow;
291 break;
292 default:
293 abort ();
294 break;
295 }
296
297 return bfd_reloc_ok;
298 }
299
300 /* This function is used for relocs which are only used for relaxing,
301 which the linker should otherwise ignore. */
302
303 static bfd_reloc_status_type
304 sh_elf_ignore_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
305 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
306 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *input_section,
307 bfd *output_bfd,
308 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
309 {
310 if (output_bfd != NULL)
311 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
312 return bfd_reloc_ok;
313 }
314
315 /* This structure is used to map BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs. */
316
317 struct elf_reloc_map
318 {
319 bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val;
320 unsigned char elf_reloc_val;
321 };
322
323 /* An array mapping BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs. */
324
325 static const struct elf_reloc_map sh_reloc_map[] =
326 {
327 { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_SH_NONE },
328 { BFD_RELOC_32, R_SH_DIR32 },
329 { BFD_RELOC_16, R_SH_DIR16 },
330 { BFD_RELOC_8, R_SH_DIR8 },
331 { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_SH_DIR32 },
332 { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_SH_REL32 },
333 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPN },
334 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2, R_SH_IND12W },
335 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPZ },
336 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4, R_SH_DIR8WPL },
337 { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_SH_SWITCH8 },
338 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16, R_SH_SWITCH16 },
339 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32, R_SH_SWITCH32 },
340 { BFD_RELOC_SH_USES, R_SH_USES },
341 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT, R_SH_COUNT },
342 { BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN, R_SH_ALIGN },
343 { BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE, R_SH_CODE },
344 { BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA, R_SH_DATA },
345 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL, R_SH_LABEL },
346 { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT },
347 { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY },
348 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_START, R_SH_LOOP_START },
349 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_END, R_SH_LOOP_END },
350 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_GD_32, R_SH_TLS_GD_32 },
351 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LD_32, R_SH_TLS_LD_32 },
352 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LDO_32, R_SH_TLS_LDO_32 },
353 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_IE_32, R_SH_TLS_IE_32 },
354 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LE_32, R_SH_TLS_LE_32 },
355 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 },
356 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32 },
357 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_TPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 },
358 { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_SH_GOT32 },
359 { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_SH_PLT32 },
360 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY, R_SH_COPY },
361 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT, R_SH_GLOB_DAT },
362 { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT, R_SH_JMP_SLOT },
363 { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE, R_SH_RELATIVE },
364 { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_SH_GOTOFF },
365 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC, R_SH_GOTPC },
366 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT32, R_SH_GOTPLT32 },
367 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT20, R_SH_GOT20 },
368 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF20, R_SH_GOTOFF20 },
369 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC },
370 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20 },
371 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC },
372 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20 },
373 { BFD_RELOC_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_FUNCDESC },
374 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
375 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_LOW16, R_SH_GOT_LOW16 },
376 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16 },
377 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16 },
378 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_HI16, R_SH_GOT_HI16 },
379 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16 },
380 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16 },
381 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16 },
382 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_HI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16 },
383 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_LOW16, R_SH_PLT_LOW16 },
384 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16 },
385 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16 },
386 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_HI16, R_SH_PLT_HI16 },
387 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16 },
388 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16 },
389 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16 },
390 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_HI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16 },
391 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16 },
392 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16 },
393 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16 },
394 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_HI16, R_SH_GOTPC_HI16 },
395 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY64, R_SH_COPY64 },
396 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT64, R_SH_GLOB_DAT64 },
397 { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT64, R_SH_JMP_SLOT64 },
398 { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE64, R_SH_RELATIVE64 },
399 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY4, R_SH_GOT10BY4 },
400 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY8, R_SH_GOT10BY8 },
401 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY4, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4 },
402 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY8, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8 },
403 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PT_16, R_SH_PT_16 },
404 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE, R_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE },
405 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU5, R_SH_DIR5U },
406 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS6, R_SH_DIR6S },
407 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU6, R_SH_DIR6U },
408 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10, R_SH_DIR10S },
409 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY2, R_SH_DIR10SW },
410 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY4, R_SH_DIR10SL },
411 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY8, R_SH_DIR10SQ },
412 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS16, R_SH_IMMS16 },
413 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU16, R_SH_IMMU16 },
414 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16, R_SH_IMM_LOW16 },
415 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL },
416 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16 },
417 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL },
418 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16 },
419 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL },
420 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16, R_SH_IMM_HI16 },
421 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL },
422 { BFD_RELOC_64, R_SH_64 },
423 { BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL, R_SH_64_PCREL },
424 #endif /* not INCLUDE_SHMEDIA */
425 };
426
427 /* Given a BFD reloc code, return the howto structure for the
428 corresponding SH ELF reloc. */
429
430 static reloc_howto_type *
431 sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
432 {
433 unsigned int i;
434
435 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (sh_reloc_map) / sizeof (struct elf_reloc_map); i++)
436 {
437 if (sh_reloc_map[i].bfd_reloc_val == code)
438 return get_howto_table (abfd) + (int) sh_reloc_map[i].elf_reloc_val;
439 }
440
441 return NULL;
442 }
443
444 static reloc_howto_type *
445 sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd, const char *r_name)
446 {
447 unsigned int i;
448
449 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
450 {
451 for (i = 0;
452 i < (sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table)
453 / sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table[0]));
454 i++)
455 if (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name != NULL
456 && strcasecmp (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
457 return &sh_vxworks_howto_table[i];
458 }
459 else
460 {
461 for (i = 0;
462 i < (sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table)
463 / sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table[0]));
464 i++)
465 if (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
466 && strcasecmp (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
467 return &sh_elf_howto_table[i];
468 }
469
470 return NULL;
471 }
472
473 /* Given an ELF reloc, fill in the howto field of a relent. */
474
475 static void
476 sh_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
477 {
478 unsigned int r;
479
480 r = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
481
482 if (r >= R_SH_max
483 || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
484 || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
485 || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
486 || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
487 || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5)
488 || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6))
489 {
490 /* xgettext:c-format */
491 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: unrecognised SH reloc number: %d"),
492 abfd, r);
493 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
494 r = R_SH_NONE;
495 }
496
497 cache_ptr->howto = get_howto_table (abfd) + r;
498 }
499 \f
500 /* This function handles relaxing for SH ELF. See the corresponding
501 function in coff-sh.c for a description of what this does. FIXME:
502 There is a lot of duplication here between this code and the COFF
503 specific code. The format of relocs and symbols is wound deeply
504 into this code, but it would still be better if the duplication
505 could be eliminated somehow. Note in particular that although both
506 functions use symbols like R_SH_CODE, those symbols have different
507 values; in coff-sh.c they come from include/coff/sh.h, whereas here
508 they come from enum elf_sh_reloc_type in include/elf/sh.h. */
509
510 static bfd_boolean
511 sh_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
512 struct bfd_link_info *link_info, bfd_boolean *again)
513 {
514 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
515 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
516 bfd_boolean have_code;
517 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
518 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
519 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
520
521 *again = FALSE;
522
523 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
524 || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
525 || sec->reloc_count == 0)
526 return TRUE;
527
528 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
529 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_flags
530 & (SHF_SH5_ISA32 | SHF_SH5_ISA32_MIXED))
531 {
532 return TRUE;
533 }
534 #endif
535
536 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
537
538 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
539 (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
540 link_info->keep_memory));
541 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
542 goto error_return;
543
544 have_code = FALSE;
545
546 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
547 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
548 {
549 bfd_vma laddr, paddr, symval;
550 unsigned short insn;
551 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelfn, *irelscan, *irelcount;
552 bfd_signed_vma foff;
553
554 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_CODE)
555 have_code = TRUE;
556
557 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_USES)
558 continue;
559
560 /* Get the section contents. */
561 if (contents == NULL)
562 {
563 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
564 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
565 else
566 {
567 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
568 goto error_return;
569 }
570 }
571
572 /* The r_addend field of the R_SH_USES reloc will point us to
573 the register load. The 4 is because the r_addend field is
574 computed as though it were a jump offset, which are based
575 from 4 bytes after the jump instruction. */
576 laddr = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
577 if (laddr >= sec->size)
578 {
579 /* xgettext:c-format */
580 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: %#Lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES offset"),
581 abfd, irel->r_offset);
582 continue;
583 }
584 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + laddr);
585
586 /* If the instruction is not mov.l NN,rN, we don't know what to
587 do. */
588 if ((insn & 0xf000) != 0xd000)
589 {
590 _bfd_error_handler
591 /* xgettext:c-format */
592 (_("%B: %#Lx: warning: R_SH_USES points to unrecognized insn 0x%x"),
593 abfd, irel->r_offset, insn);
594 continue;
595 }
596
597 /* Get the address from which the register is being loaded. The
598 displacement in the mov.l instruction is quadrupled. It is a
599 displacement from four bytes after the movl instruction, but,
600 before adding in the PC address, two least significant bits
601 of the PC are cleared. We assume that the section is aligned
602 on a four byte boundary. */
603 paddr = insn & 0xff;
604 paddr *= 4;
605 paddr += (laddr + 4) &~ (bfd_vma) 3;
606 if (paddr >= sec->size)
607 {
608 _bfd_error_handler
609 /* xgettext:c-format */
610 (_("%B: %#Lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES load offset"),
611 abfd, irel->r_offset);
612 continue;
613 }
614
615 /* Get the reloc for the address from which the register is
616 being loaded. This reloc will tell us which function is
617 actually being called. */
618 for (irelfn = internal_relocs; irelfn < irelend; irelfn++)
619 if (irelfn->r_offset == paddr
620 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelfn->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DIR32)
621 break;
622 if (irelfn >= irelend)
623 {
624 _bfd_error_handler
625 /* xgettext:c-format */
626 (_("%B: %#Lx: warning: could not find expected reloc"),
627 abfd, paddr);
628 continue;
629 }
630
631 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
632 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
633 {
634 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
635 if (isymbuf == NULL)
636 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
637 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
638 NULL, NULL, NULL);
639 if (isymbuf == NULL)
640 goto error_return;
641 }
642
643 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
644 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
645 {
646 /* A local symbol. */
647 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
648
649 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info);
650 if (isym->st_shndx
651 != (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec))
652 {
653 _bfd_error_handler
654 /* xgettext:c-format */
655 (_("%B: %#Lx: warning: symbol in unexpected section"),
656 abfd, paddr);
657 continue;
658 }
659
660 symval = (isym->st_value
661 + sec->output_section->vma
662 + sec->output_offset);
663 }
664 else
665 {
666 unsigned long indx;
667 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
668
669 indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
670 h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
671 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
672 if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
673 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
674 {
675 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
676 symbol. Just ignore it--it will be caught by the
677 regular reloc processing. */
678 continue;
679 }
680
681 symval = (h->root.u.def.value
682 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
683 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
684 }
685
686 if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
687 symval += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
688 else
689 symval += irelfn->r_addend;
690
691 /* See if this function call can be shortened. */
692 foff = (symval
693 - (irel->r_offset
694 + sec->output_section->vma
695 + sec->output_offset
696 + 4));
697 /* A branch to an address beyond ours might be increased by an
698 .align that doesn't move when bytes behind us are deleted.
699 So, we add some slop in this calculation to allow for
700 that. */
701 if (foff < -0x1000 || foff >= 0x1000 - 8)
702 {
703 /* After all that work, we can't shorten this function call. */
704 continue;
705 }
706
707 /* Shorten the function call. */
708
709 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the section
710 contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol table. We
711 must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
712 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
713 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
714 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
715 the linker is run. */
716
717 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
718 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
719 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
720
721 /* Replace the jmp/jsr with a bra/bsr. */
722
723 /* Change the R_SH_USES reloc into an R_SH_IND12W reloc, and
724 replace the jmp/jsr with a bra/bsr. */
725 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info), R_SH_IND12W);
726 /* We used to test (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
727 here, but that only checks if the symbol is an external symbol,
728 not if the symbol is in a different section. Besides, we need
729 a consistent meaning for the relocation, so we just assume here that
730 the value of the symbol is not available. */
731
732 /* We can't fully resolve this yet, because the external
733 symbol value may be changed by future relaxing. We let
734 the final link phase handle it. */
735 if (bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset) & 0x0020)
736 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xa000, contents + irel->r_offset);
737 else
738 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xb000, contents + irel->r_offset);
739
740 irel->r_addend = -4;
741
742 /* When we calculated the symbol "value" we had an offset in the
743 DIR32's word in memory (we read and add it above). However,
744 the jsr we create does NOT have this offset encoded, so we
745 have to add it to the addend to preserve it. */
746 irel->r_addend += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
747
748 /* See if there is another R_SH_USES reloc referring to the same
749 register load. */
750 for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelend; irelscan++)
751 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_USES
752 && laddr == irelscan->r_offset + 4 + irelscan->r_addend)
753 break;
754 if (irelscan < irelend)
755 {
756 /* Some other function call depends upon this register load,
757 and we have not yet converted that function call.
758 Indeed, we may never be able to convert it. There is
759 nothing else we can do at this point. */
760 continue;
761 }
762
763 /* Look for a R_SH_COUNT reloc on the location where the
764 function address is stored. Do this before deleting any
765 bytes, to avoid confusion about the address. */
766 for (irelcount = internal_relocs; irelcount < irelend; irelcount++)
767 if (irelcount->r_offset == paddr
768 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelcount->r_info) == (int) R_SH_COUNT)
769 break;
770
771 /* Delete the register load. */
772 if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, laddr, 2))
773 goto error_return;
774
775 /* That will change things, so, just in case it permits some
776 other function call to come within range, we should relax
777 again. Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
778 *again = TRUE;
779
780 /* Now check whether we got a COUNT reloc. */
781 if (irelcount >= irelend)
782 {
783 _bfd_error_handler
784 /* xgettext:c-format */
785 (_("%B: %#Lx: warning: could not find expected COUNT reloc"),
786 abfd, paddr);
787 continue;
788 }
789
790 /* The number of uses is stored in the r_addend field. We've
791 just deleted one. */
792 if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
793 {
794 /* xgettext:c-format */
795 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: %#Lx: warning: bad count"),
796 abfd, paddr);
797 continue;
798 }
799
800 --irelcount->r_addend;
801
802 /* If there are no more uses, we can delete the address. Reload
803 the address from irelfn, in case it was changed by the
804 previous call to sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes. */
805 if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
806 {
807 if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, irelfn->r_offset, 4))
808 goto error_return;
809 }
810
811 /* We've done all we can with that function call. */
812 }
813
814 /* Look for load and store instructions that we can align on four
815 byte boundaries. */
816 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK) != EF_SH4
817 && have_code)
818 {
819 bfd_boolean swapped;
820
821 /* Get the section contents. */
822 if (contents == NULL)
823 {
824 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
825 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
826 else
827 {
828 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
829 goto error_return;
830 }
831 }
832
833 if (! sh_elf_align_loads (abfd, sec, internal_relocs, contents,
834 &swapped))
835 goto error_return;
836
837 if (swapped)
838 {
839 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
840 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
841 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
842 }
843 }
844
845 if (isymbuf != NULL
846 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
847 {
848 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
849 free (isymbuf);
850 else
851 {
852 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
853 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
854 }
855 }
856
857 if (contents != NULL
858 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
859 {
860 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
861 free (contents);
862 else
863 {
864 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
865 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
866 }
867 }
868
869 if (internal_relocs != NULL
870 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
871 free (internal_relocs);
872
873 return TRUE;
874
875 error_return:
876 if (isymbuf != NULL
877 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
878 free (isymbuf);
879 if (contents != NULL
880 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
881 free (contents);
882 if (internal_relocs != NULL
883 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
884 free (internal_relocs);
885
886 return FALSE;
887 }
888
889 /* Delete some bytes from a section while relaxing. FIXME: There is a
890 lot of duplication between this function and sh_relax_delete_bytes
891 in coff-sh.c. */
892
893 static bfd_boolean
894 sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_vma addr,
895 int count)
896 {
897 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
898 unsigned int sec_shndx;
899 bfd_byte *contents;
900 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
901 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelalign;
902 bfd_vma toaddr;
903 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf, *isym, *isymend;
904 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
905 struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
906 unsigned int symcount;
907 asection *o;
908
909 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
910 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
911
912 sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
913
914 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
915
916 /* The deletion must stop at the next ALIGN reloc for an alignment
917 power larger than the number of bytes we are deleting. */
918
919 irelalign = NULL;
920 toaddr = sec->size;
921
922 irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
923 irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
924 for (; irel < irelend; irel++)
925 {
926 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
927 && irel->r_offset > addr
928 && count < (1 << irel->r_addend))
929 {
930 irelalign = irel;
931 toaddr = irel->r_offset;
932 break;
933 }
934 }
935
936 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
937 memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
938 (size_t) (toaddr - addr - count));
939 if (irelalign == NULL)
940 sec->size -= count;
941 else
942 {
943 int i;
944
945 #define NOP_OPCODE (0x0009)
946
947 BFD_ASSERT ((count & 1) == 0);
948 for (i = 0; i < count; i += 2)
949 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) NOP_OPCODE, contents + toaddr - count + i);
950 }
951
952 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
953 for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
954 {
955 bfd_vma nraddr, stop;
956 bfd_vma start = 0;
957 int insn = 0;
958 int off, adjust, oinsn;
959 bfd_signed_vma voff = 0;
960 bfd_boolean overflow;
961
962 /* Get the new reloc address. */
963 nraddr = irel->r_offset;
964 if ((irel->r_offset > addr
965 && irel->r_offset < toaddr)
966 || (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
967 && irel->r_offset == toaddr))
968 nraddr -= count;
969
970 /* See if this reloc was for the bytes we have deleted, in which
971 case we no longer care about it. Don't delete relocs which
972 represent addresses, though. */
973 if (irel->r_offset >= addr
974 && irel->r_offset < addr + count
975 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_ALIGN
976 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE
977 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DATA
978 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_LABEL)
979 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
980 (int) R_SH_NONE);
981
982 /* If this is a PC relative reloc, see if the range it covers
983 includes the bytes we have deleted. */
984 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
985 {
986 default:
987 break;
988
989 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
990 case R_SH_IND12W:
991 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
992 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
993 start = irel->r_offset;
994 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
995 break;
996 }
997
998 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
999 {
1000 default:
1001 start = stop = addr;
1002 break;
1003
1004 case R_SH_DIR32:
1005 /* If this reloc is against a symbol defined in this
1006 section, and the symbol will not be adjusted below, we
1007 must check the addend to see it will put the value in
1008 range to be adjusted, and hence must be changed. */
1009 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
1010 {
1011 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
1012 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1013 && (isym->st_value <= addr
1014 || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
1015 {
1016 bfd_vma val;
1017
1018 if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
1019 {
1020 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1021 val += isym->st_value;
1022 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1023 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, contents + nraddr);
1024 }
1025 else
1026 {
1027 val = isym->st_value + irel->r_addend;
1028 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1029 irel->r_addend -= count;
1030 }
1031 }
1032 }
1033 start = stop = addr;
1034 break;
1035
1036 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1037 off = insn & 0xff;
1038 if (off & 0x80)
1039 off -= 0x100;
1040 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
1041 break;
1042
1043 case R_SH_IND12W:
1044 off = insn & 0xfff;
1045 if (! off)
1046 {
1047 /* This has been made by previous relaxation. Since the
1048 relocation will be against an external symbol, the
1049 final relocation will just do the right thing. */
1050 start = stop = addr;
1051 }
1052 else
1053 {
1054 if (off & 0x800)
1055 off -= 0x1000;
1056 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
1057
1058 /* The addend will be against the section symbol, thus
1059 for adjusting the addend, the relevant start is the
1060 start of the section.
1061 N.B. If we want to abandon in-place changes here and
1062 test directly using symbol + addend, we have to take into
1063 account that the addend has already been adjusted by -4. */
1064 if (stop > addr && stop < toaddr)
1065 irel->r_addend -= count;
1066 }
1067 break;
1068
1069 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1070 off = insn & 0xff;
1071 stop = start + 4 + off * 2;
1072 break;
1073
1074 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1075 off = insn & 0xff;
1076 stop = (start & ~(bfd_vma) 3) + 4 + off * 4;
1077 break;
1078
1079 case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1080 case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1081 case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1082 /* These relocs types represent
1083 .word L2-L1
1084 The r_addend field holds the difference between the reloc
1085 address and L1. That is the start of the reloc, and
1086 adding in the contents gives us the top. We must adjust
1087 both the r_offset field and the section contents.
1088 N.B. in gas / coff bfd, the elf bfd r_addend is called r_offset,
1089 and the elf bfd r_offset is called r_vaddr. */
1090
1091 stop = irel->r_offset;
1092 start = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irel->r_addend);
1093
1094 if (start > addr
1095 && start < toaddr
1096 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1097 irel->r_addend += count;
1098 else if (stop > addr
1099 && stop < toaddr
1100 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1101 irel->r_addend -= count;
1102
1103 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH16)
1104 voff = bfd_get_signed_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1105 else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH8)
1106 voff = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1107 else
1108 voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1109 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1110
1111 break;
1112
1113 case R_SH_USES:
1114 start = irel->r_offset;
1115 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start
1116 + (long) irel->r_addend
1117 + 4);
1118 break;
1119 }
1120
1121 if (start > addr
1122 && start < toaddr
1123 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1124 adjust = count;
1125 else if (stop > addr
1126 && stop < toaddr
1127 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1128 adjust = - count;
1129 else
1130 adjust = 0;
1131
1132 if (adjust != 0)
1133 {
1134 oinsn = insn;
1135 overflow = FALSE;
1136 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
1137 {
1138 default:
1139 abort ();
1140 break;
1141
1142 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1143 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1144 insn += adjust / 2;
1145 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1146 overflow = TRUE;
1147 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1148 break;
1149
1150 case R_SH_IND12W:
1151 insn += adjust / 2;
1152 if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1153 overflow = TRUE;
1154 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1155 break;
1156
1157 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1158 BFD_ASSERT (adjust == count || count >= 4);
1159 if (count >= 4)
1160 insn += adjust / 4;
1161 else
1162 {
1163 if ((irel->r_offset & 3) == 0)
1164 ++insn;
1165 }
1166 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1167 overflow = TRUE;
1168 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1169 break;
1170
1171 case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1172 voff += adjust;
1173 if (voff < 0 || voff >= 0xff)
1174 overflow = TRUE;
1175 bfd_put_8 (abfd, voff, contents + nraddr);
1176 break;
1177
1178 case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1179 voff += adjust;
1180 if (voff < - 0x8000 || voff >= 0x8000)
1181 overflow = TRUE;
1182 bfd_put_signed_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1183 break;
1184
1185 case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1186 voff += adjust;
1187 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1188 break;
1189
1190 case R_SH_USES:
1191 irel->r_addend += adjust;
1192 break;
1193 }
1194
1195 if (overflow)
1196 {
1197 _bfd_error_handler
1198 /* xgettext:c-format */
1199 (_("%B: %#Lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1200 abfd, irel->r_offset);
1201 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1202 return FALSE;
1203 }
1204 }
1205
1206 irel->r_offset = nraddr;
1207 }
1208
1209 /* Look through all the other sections. If there contain any IMM32
1210 relocs against internal symbols which we are not going to adjust
1211 below, we may need to adjust the addends. */
1212 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
1213 {
1214 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
1215 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelscan, *irelscanend;
1216 bfd_byte *ocontents;
1217
1218 if (o == sec
1219 || (o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
1220 || o->reloc_count == 0)
1221 continue;
1222
1223 /* We always cache the relocs. Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is
1224 FALSE, we should free them, if we are permitted to, when we
1225 leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1226 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
1227 (abfd, o, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, TRUE));
1228 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
1229 return FALSE;
1230
1231 ocontents = NULL;
1232 irelscanend = internal_relocs + o->reloc_count;
1233 for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelscanend; irelscan++)
1234 {
1235 /* Dwarf line numbers use R_SH_SWITCH32 relocs. */
1236 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH32)
1237 {
1238 bfd_vma start, stop;
1239 bfd_signed_vma voff;
1240
1241 if (ocontents == NULL)
1242 {
1243 if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1244 ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1245 else
1246 {
1247 /* We always cache the section contents.
1248 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1249 should free them, if we are permitted to,
1250 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1251 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1252 {
1253 if (ocontents != NULL)
1254 free (ocontents);
1255 return FALSE;
1256 }
1257
1258 elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1259 }
1260 }
1261
1262 stop = irelscan->r_offset;
1263 start
1264 = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irelscan->r_addend);
1265
1266 /* STOP is in a different section, so it won't change. */
1267 if (start > addr && start < toaddr)
1268 irelscan->r_addend += count;
1269
1270 voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1271 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1272
1273 if (start > addr
1274 && start < toaddr
1275 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1276 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff + count,
1277 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1278 else if (stop > addr
1279 && stop < toaddr
1280 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1281 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff - count,
1282 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1283 }
1284
1285 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DIR32)
1286 continue;
1287
1288 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info) >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
1289 continue;
1290
1291
1292 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info);
1293 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1294 && (isym->st_value <= addr
1295 || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
1296 {
1297 bfd_vma val;
1298
1299 if (ocontents == NULL)
1300 {
1301 if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1302 ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1303 else
1304 {
1305 /* We always cache the section contents.
1306 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1307 should free them, if we are permitted to,
1308 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1309 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1310 {
1311 if (ocontents != NULL)
1312 free (ocontents);
1313 return FALSE;
1314 }
1315
1316 elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1317 }
1318 }
1319
1320 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1321 val += isym->st_value;
1322 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1323 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count,
1324 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1325 }
1326 }
1327 }
1328
1329 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
1330 isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
1331 for (isym = isymbuf; isym < isymend; isym++)
1332 {
1333 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1334 && isym->st_value > addr
1335 && isym->st_value < toaddr)
1336 isym->st_value -= count;
1337 }
1338
1339 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
1340 symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
1341 - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
1342 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
1343 end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
1344 for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
1345 {
1346 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
1347 if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1348 || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1349 && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec
1350 && sym_hash->root.u.def.value > addr
1351 && sym_hash->root.u.def.value < toaddr)
1352 {
1353 sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
1354 }
1355 }
1356
1357 /* See if we can move the ALIGN reloc forward. We have adjusted
1358 r_offset for it already. */
1359 if (irelalign != NULL)
1360 {
1361 bfd_vma alignto, alignaddr;
1362
1363 alignto = BFD_ALIGN (toaddr, 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1364 alignaddr = BFD_ALIGN (irelalign->r_offset,
1365 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1366 if (alignto != alignaddr)
1367 {
1368 /* Tail recursion. */
1369 return sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, alignaddr,
1370 (int) (alignto - alignaddr));
1371 }
1372 }
1373
1374 return TRUE;
1375 }
1376
1377 /* Look for loads and stores which we can align to four byte
1378 boundaries. This is like sh_align_loads in coff-sh.c. */
1379
1380 static bfd_boolean
1381 sh_elf_align_loads (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec,
1382 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
1383 bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1384 bfd_boolean *pswapped)
1385 {
1386 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1387 bfd_vma *labels = NULL;
1388 bfd_vma *label, *label_end;
1389 bfd_size_type amt;
1390
1391 *pswapped = FALSE;
1392
1393 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1394
1395 /* Get all the addresses with labels on them. */
1396 amt = sec->reloc_count;
1397 amt *= sizeof (bfd_vma);
1398 labels = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (amt);
1399 if (labels == NULL)
1400 goto error_return;
1401 label_end = labels;
1402 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1403 {
1404 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_LABEL)
1405 {
1406 *label_end = irel->r_offset;
1407 ++label_end;
1408 }
1409 }
1410
1411 /* Note that the assembler currently always outputs relocs in
1412 address order. If that ever changes, this code will need to sort
1413 the label values and the relocs. */
1414
1415 label = labels;
1416
1417 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1418 {
1419 bfd_vma start, stop;
1420
1421 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE)
1422 continue;
1423
1424 start = irel->r_offset;
1425
1426 for (irel++; irel < irelend; irel++)
1427 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DATA)
1428 break;
1429 if (irel < irelend)
1430 stop = irel->r_offset;
1431 else
1432 stop = sec->size;
1433
1434 if (! _bfd_sh_align_load_span (abfd, sec, contents, sh_elf_swap_insns,
1435 internal_relocs, &label,
1436 label_end, start, stop, pswapped))
1437 goto error_return;
1438 }
1439
1440 free (labels);
1441
1442 return TRUE;
1443
1444 error_return:
1445 if (labels != NULL)
1446 free (labels);
1447 return FALSE;
1448 }
1449
1450 #ifndef SH64_ELF
1451 /* Swap two SH instructions. This is like sh_swap_insns in coff-sh.c. */
1452
1453 static bfd_boolean
1454 sh_elf_swap_insns (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *relocs,
1455 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma addr)
1456 {
1457 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) relocs;
1458 unsigned short i1, i2;
1459 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1460
1461 /* Swap the instructions themselves. */
1462 i1 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr);
1463 i2 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr + 2);
1464 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i2, contents + addr);
1465 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i1, contents + addr + 2);
1466
1467 /* Adjust all reloc addresses. */
1468 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1469 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1470 {
1471 enum elf_sh_reloc_type type;
1472 int add;
1473
1474 /* There are a few special types of relocs that we don't want to
1475 adjust. These relocs do not apply to the instruction itself,
1476 but are only associated with the address. */
1477 type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
1478 if (type == R_SH_ALIGN
1479 || type == R_SH_CODE
1480 || type == R_SH_DATA
1481 || type == R_SH_LABEL)
1482 continue;
1483
1484 /* If an R_SH_USES reloc points to one of the addresses being
1485 swapped, we must adjust it. It would be incorrect to do this
1486 for a jump, though, since we want to execute both
1487 instructions after the jump. (We have avoided swapping
1488 around a label, so the jump will not wind up executing an
1489 instruction it shouldn't). */
1490 if (type == R_SH_USES)
1491 {
1492 bfd_vma off;
1493
1494 off = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
1495 if (off == addr)
1496 irel->r_offset += 2;
1497 else if (off == addr + 2)
1498 irel->r_offset -= 2;
1499 }
1500
1501 if (irel->r_offset == addr)
1502 {
1503 irel->r_offset += 2;
1504 add = -2;
1505 }
1506 else if (irel->r_offset == addr + 2)
1507 {
1508 irel->r_offset -= 2;
1509 add = 2;
1510 }
1511 else
1512 add = 0;
1513
1514 if (add != 0)
1515 {
1516 bfd_byte *loc;
1517 unsigned short insn, oinsn;
1518 bfd_boolean overflow;
1519
1520 loc = contents + irel->r_offset;
1521 overflow = FALSE;
1522 switch (type)
1523 {
1524 default:
1525 break;
1526
1527 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1528 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1529 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1530 oinsn = insn;
1531 insn += add / 2;
1532 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1533 overflow = TRUE;
1534 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1535 break;
1536
1537 case R_SH_IND12W:
1538 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1539 oinsn = insn;
1540 insn += add / 2;
1541 if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1542 overflow = TRUE;
1543 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1544 break;
1545
1546 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1547 /* This reloc ignores the least significant 3 bits of
1548 the program counter before adding in the offset.
1549 This means that if ADDR is at an even address, the
1550 swap will not affect the offset. If ADDR is an at an
1551 odd address, then the instruction will be crossing a
1552 four byte boundary, and must be adjusted. */
1553 if ((addr & 3) != 0)
1554 {
1555 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1556 oinsn = insn;
1557 insn += add / 2;
1558 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1559 overflow = TRUE;
1560 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1561 }
1562
1563 break;
1564 }
1565
1566 if (overflow)
1567 {
1568 _bfd_error_handler
1569 /* xgettext:c-format */
1570 (_("%B: %#Lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1571 abfd, irel->r_offset);
1572 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1573 return FALSE;
1574 }
1575 }
1576 }
1577
1578 return TRUE;
1579 }
1580 #endif /* defined SH64_ELF */
1581 \f
1582 /* Describes one of the various PLT styles. */
1583
1584 struct elf_sh_plt_info
1585 {
1586 /* The template for the first PLT entry, or NULL if there is no special
1587 first entry. */
1588 const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
1589
1590 /* The size of PLT0_ENTRY in bytes, or 0 if PLT0_ENTRY is NULL. */
1591 bfd_vma plt0_entry_size;
1592
1593 /* Index I is the offset into PLT0_ENTRY of a pointer to
1594 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + I * 4. The value is MINUS_ONE
1595 if there is no such pointer. */
1596 bfd_vma plt0_got_fields[3];
1597
1598 /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry. */
1599 const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
1600
1601 /* The size of SYMBOL_ENTRY in bytes. */
1602 bfd_vma symbol_entry_size;
1603
1604 /* Byte offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY. Not all fields are used
1605 on all targets. The comments by each member indicate the value
1606 that the field must hold. */
1607 struct {
1608 bfd_vma got_entry; /* the address of the symbol's .got.plt entry */
1609 bfd_vma plt; /* .plt (or a branch to .plt on VxWorks) */
1610 bfd_vma reloc_offset; /* the offset of the symbol's JMP_SLOT reloc */
1611 bfd_boolean got20; /* TRUE if got_entry points to a movi20
1612 instruction (instead of a constant pool
1613 entry). */
1614 } symbol_fields;
1615
1616 /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY. */
1617 bfd_vma symbol_resolve_offset;
1618
1619 /* A different PLT layout which can be used for the first
1620 MAX_SHORT_PLT entries. It must share the same plt0. NULL in
1621 other cases. */
1622 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *short_plt;
1623 };
1624
1625 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
1626
1627 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
1628
1629 #define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 64
1630
1631 /* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this. */
1632
1633 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1634 {
1635 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
1636 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
1637 0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1638 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1639 0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1640 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1641 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1642 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1643 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1644 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1645 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1646 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1647 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1648 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1649 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1650 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1651 };
1652
1653 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1654 {
1655 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
1656 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
1657 0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1658 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1659 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1660 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1661 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1662 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1663 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1664 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1665 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1666 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1667 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1668 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1669 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1670 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1671 };
1672
1673 /* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1674 this. */
1675
1676 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1677 {
1678 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
1679 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
1680 0x89, 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, /* ld.l r25, 0, r25 */
1681 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1682 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1683 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1684 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1685 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1686 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
1687 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
1688 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1689 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1690 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1691 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1692 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1693 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1694 };
1695
1696 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1697 {
1698 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
1699 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
1700 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, 0x89, /* ld.l r25, 0, r25 */
1701 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1702 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1703 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1704 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1705 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1706 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
1707 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
1708 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1709 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1710 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1711 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1712 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1713 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1714 };
1715
1716 /* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */
1717
1718 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1719 {
1720 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
1721 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
1722 0x40, 0xc2, 0x65, 0x90, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
1723 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1724 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1725 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1726 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1727 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1728 0xce, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
1729 0x00, 0xc8, 0x45, 0x10, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
1730 0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1731 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1732 0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1733 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1734 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1735 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1736 };
1737
1738 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1739 {
1740 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
1741 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
1742 0x90, 0x65, 0xc2, 0x40, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
1743 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1744 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1745 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1746 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1747 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1748 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xce, /* movi -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
1749 0x10, 0x45, 0xc8, 0x00, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
1750 0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1751 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1752 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1753 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1754 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1755 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1756 };
1757
1758 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1759 {
1760 {
1761 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
1762 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1763 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1764 { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1765 elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1766 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1767 { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
1768 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1769 NULL
1770 },
1771 {
1772 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
1773 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1774 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1775 { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1776 elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1777 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1778 { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
1779 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1780 NULL
1781 },
1782 },
1783 {
1784 {
1785 /* Big-endian PIC. */
1786 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1787 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1788 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1789 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1790 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1791 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
1792 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1793 NULL
1794 },
1795 {
1796 /* Little-endian PIC. */
1797 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1798 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1799 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1800 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1801 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1802 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
1803 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1804 NULL
1805 },
1806 }
1807 };
1808
1809 /* Return offset of the linker in PLT0 entry. */
1810 #define elf_sh_plt0_gotplt_offset(info) 0
1811
1812 /* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
1813 VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
1814 not data.
1815
1816 On SH64, each 32-bit field is loaded by a movi/shori pair. */
1817
1818 inline static void
1819 install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p,
1820 unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
1821 {
1822 value |= code_p;
1823 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
1824 bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr)
1825 | ((value >> 6) & 0x3fffc00),
1826 addr);
1827 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
1828 bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr + 4)
1829 | ((value << 10) & 0x3fffc00),
1830 addr + 4);
1831 }
1832
1833 /* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD. PIC_P is true if
1834 the object is position-independent. */
1835
1836 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
1837 get_plt_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd_boolean pic_p)
1838 {
1839 return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
1840 }
1841 #else
1842 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
1843
1844 #define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
1845
1846 /* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this. */
1847
1848 /* Note - this code has been "optimised" not to use r2. r2 is used by
1849 GCC to return the address of large structures, so it should not be
1850 corrupted here. This does mean however, that this PLT does not conform
1851 to the SH PIC ABI. That spec says that r0 contains the type of the PLT
1852 and r2 contains the GOT id. This version stores the GOT id in r0 and
1853 ignores the type. Loaders can easily detect this difference however,
1854 since the type will always be 0 or 8, and the GOT ids will always be
1855 greater than or equal to 12. */
1856 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1857 {
1858 0xd0, 0x05, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1859 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1860 0x2f, 0x06, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1861 0xd0, 0x03, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1862 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1863 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1864 0x60, 0xf6, /* mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1865 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1866 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1867 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1868 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8. */
1869 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4. */
1870 };
1871
1872 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1873 {
1874 0x05, 0xd0, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1875 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1876 0x06, 0x2f, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1877 0x03, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1878 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1879 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1880 0xf6, 0x60, /* mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1881 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1882 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1883 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1884 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8. */
1885 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4. */
1886 };
1887
1888 /* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1889 this. */
1890
1891 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1892 {
1893 0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1894 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1895 0xd1, 0x02, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1896 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1897 0x60, 0x13, /* mov r1,r0 */
1898 0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1899 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1900 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1901 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0. */
1902 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1903 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1904 };
1905
1906 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1907 {
1908 0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1909 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1910 0x02, 0xd1, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1911 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1912 0x13, 0x60, /* mov r1,r0 */
1913 0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1914 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1915 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1916 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0. */
1917 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1918 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1919 };
1920
1921 /* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */
1922
1923 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1924 {
1925 0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1926 0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1927 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1928 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1929 0x50, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1930 0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1931 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1932 0x50, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1933 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1934 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1935 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1936 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1937 };
1938
1939 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1940 {
1941 0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1942 0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1943 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1944 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1945 0xc2, 0x50, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1946 0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1947 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1948 0xc1, 0x50, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1949 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1950 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1951 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1952 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1953 };
1954
1955 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1956 {
1957 {
1958 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
1959 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1960 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1961 { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1962 elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1963 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1964 { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
1965 8,
1966 NULL
1967 },
1968 {
1969 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
1970 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1971 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1972 { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1973 elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1974 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1975 { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
1976 8,
1977 NULL
1978 },
1979 },
1980 {
1981 {
1982 /* Big-endian PIC. */
1983 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1984 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1985 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1986 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1987 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1988 { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
1989 8,
1990 NULL
1991 },
1992 {
1993 /* Little-endian PIC. */
1994 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1995 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1996 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1997 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1998 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1999 { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
2000 8,
2001 NULL
2002 },
2003 }
2004 };
2005
2006 #define VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE 12
2007 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
2008
2009 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
2010 {
2011 0xd1, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
2012 0x61, 0x12, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
2013 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2014 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2015 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8. */
2016 };
2017
2018 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
2019 {
2020 0x01, 0xd1, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
2021 0x12, 0x61, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
2022 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2023 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2024 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8. */
2025 };
2026
2027 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2028 {
2029 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2030 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
2031 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2032 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2033 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
2034 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2035 0xa0, 0x00, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.) */
2036 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2037 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2038 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2039 };
2040
2041 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2042 {
2043 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2044 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
2045 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2046 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2047 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
2048 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2049 0x00, 0xa0, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.) */
2050 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2051 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2052 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2053 };
2054
2055 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2056 {
2057 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2058 0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
2059 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2060 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2061 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */
2062 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2063 0x51, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
2064 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2065 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2066 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2067 };
2068
2069 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2070 {
2071 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2072 0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
2073 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2074 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2075 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */
2076 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2077 0xc2, 0x51, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
2078 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2079 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2080 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2081 };
2082
2083 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info vxworks_sh_plts[2][2] = {
2084 {
2085 {
2086 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
2087 vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be,
2088 VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
2089 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
2090 vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be,
2091 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2092 { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
2093 12,
2094 NULL
2095 },
2096 {
2097 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
2098 vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le,
2099 VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
2100 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
2101 vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le,
2102 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2103 { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
2104 12,
2105 NULL
2106 },
2107 },
2108 {
2109 {
2110 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2111 NULL,
2112 0,
2113 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2114 vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
2115 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2116 { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
2117 12,
2118 NULL
2119 },
2120 {
2121 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2122 NULL,
2123 0,
2124 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2125 vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
2126 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2127 { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
2128 12,
2129 NULL
2130 },
2131 }
2132 };
2133
2134 /* FDPIC PLT entries. Two unimplemented optimizations for lazy
2135 binding are to omit the lazy binding stub when linking with -z now
2136 and to move lazy binding stubs into a separate region for better
2137 cache behavior. */
2138
2139 #define FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
2140 #define FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 20
2141
2142 /* FIXME: The lazy binding stub requires a plt0 - which may need to be
2143 duplicated if it is out of range, or which can be inlined. So
2144 right now it is always inlined, which wastes a word per stub. It
2145 might be easier to handle the duplication if we put the lazy
2146 stubs separately. */
2147
2148 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2149 {
2150 0xd0, 0x02, /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
2151 0x01, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2152 0x70, 0x04, /* add #4, r0 */
2153 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2154 0x0c, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2155 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2156 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
2157 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2158 0x60, 0xc2, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2159 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2160 0x53, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2161 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2162 };
2163
2164 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2165 {
2166 0x02, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
2167 0xce, 0x01, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2168 0x04, 0x70, /* add #4, r0 */
2169 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2170 0xce, 0x0c, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2171 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2172 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
2173 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2174 0xc2, 0x60, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2175 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2176 0xc1, 0x53, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2177 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2178 };
2179
2180 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh_plts[2] = {
2181 {
2182 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2183 NULL,
2184 0,
2185 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2186 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
2187 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2188 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2189 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2190 NULL
2191 },
2192 {
2193 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2194 NULL,
2195 0,
2196 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2197 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2198 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2199 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2200 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2201 NULL
2202 },
2203 };
2204
2205 /* On SH2A, we can use the movi20 instruction to generate shorter PLT
2206 entries for the first 64K slots. We use the normal FDPIC PLT entry
2207 past that point; we could also use movi20s, which might be faster,
2208 but would not be any smaller. */
2209
2210 #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
2211 #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 16
2212
2213 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2214 {
2215 0, 0, 0, 0, /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
2216 0x01, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2217 0x70, 0x04, /* add #4, r0 */
2218 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2219 0x0c, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2220 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2221 0x60, 0xc2, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2222 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2223 0x53, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2224 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2225 };
2226
2227 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2228 {
2229 0, 0, 0, 0, /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
2230 0xce, 0x01, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2231 0x04, 0x70, /* add #4, r0 */
2232 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2233 0xce, 0x0c, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2234 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2235 0xc2, 0x60, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2236 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2237 0xc1, 0x53, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2238 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2239 };
2240
2241 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be = {
2242 /* Big-endian FDPIC, max index 64K. */
2243 NULL,
2244 0,
2245 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2246 fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be,
2247 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2248 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
2249 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2250 NULL
2251 };
2252
2253 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le = {
2254 /* Little-endian FDPIC, max index 64K. */
2255 NULL,
2256 0,
2257 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2258 fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le,
2259 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2260 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
2261 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2262 NULL
2263 };
2264
2265 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_plts[2] = {
2266 {
2267 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2268 NULL,
2269 0,
2270 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2271 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
2272 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2273 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2274 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2275 &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be
2276 },
2277 {
2278 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2279 NULL,
2280 0,
2281 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2282 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2283 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2284 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2285 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2286 &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le
2287 },
2288 };
2289
2290 /* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD. PIC_P is true if
2291 the object is position-independent. */
2292
2293 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
2294 get_plt_info (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean pic_p)
2295 {
2296 if (fdpic_object_p (abfd))
2297 {
2298 /* If any input file requires SH2A we can use a shorter PLT
2299 sequence. */
2300 if (sh_get_arch_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (abfd)) & arch_sh2a_base)
2301 return &fdpic_sh2a_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2302 else
2303 return &fdpic_sh_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2304 }
2305 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
2306 return &vxworks_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2307 return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2308 }
2309
2310 /* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
2311 VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
2312 not data. */
2313
2314 inline static void
2315 install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2316 unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
2317 {
2318 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, addr);
2319 }
2320 #endif
2321
2322 /* The number of PLT entries which can use a shorter PLT, if any.
2323 Currently always 64K, since only SH-2A FDPIC uses this; a
2324 20-bit movi20 can address that many function descriptors below
2325 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
2326 #define MAX_SHORT_PLT 65536
2327
2328 /* Return the index of the PLT entry at byte offset OFFSET. */
2329
2330 static bfd_vma
2331 get_plt_index (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma offset)
2332 {
2333 bfd_vma plt_index = 0;
2334
2335 offset -= info->plt0_entry_size;
2336 if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2337 {
2338 if (offset > MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size)
2339 {
2340 plt_index = MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2341 offset -= MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2342 }
2343 else
2344 info = info->short_plt;
2345 }
2346 return plt_index + offset / info->symbol_entry_size;
2347 }
2348
2349 /* Do the inverse operation. */
2350
2351 static bfd_vma
2352 get_plt_offset (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma plt_index)
2353 {
2354 bfd_vma offset = 0;
2355
2356 if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2357 {
2358 if (plt_index > MAX_SHORT_PLT)
2359 {
2360 offset = MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2361 plt_index -= MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2362 }
2363 else
2364 info = info->short_plt;
2365 }
2366 return (offset + info->plt0_entry_size
2367 + (plt_index * info->symbol_entry_size));
2368 }
2369
2370 union gotref
2371 {
2372 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2373 bfd_vma offset;
2374 };
2375
2376 /* sh ELF linker hash entry. */
2377
2378 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry
2379 {
2380 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
2381
2382 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
2383 union
2384 {
2385 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2386 bfd_vma offset;
2387 } datalabel_got;
2388 #endif
2389
2390 /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */
2391 struct elf_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
2392
2393 bfd_signed_vma gotplt_refcount;
2394
2395 /* A local function descriptor, for FDPIC. The refcount counts
2396 R_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, and R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
2397 relocations; the PLT and GOT entry are accounted
2398 for separately. After adjust_dynamic_symbol, the offset is
2399 MINUS_ONE if there is no local descriptor (dynamic linker
2400 managed and no PLT entry, or undefined weak non-dynamic).
2401 During check_relocs we do not yet know whether the local
2402 descriptor will be canonical. */
2403 union gotref funcdesc;
2404
2405 /* How many of the above refcounted relocations were R_SH_FUNCDESC,
2406 and thus require fixups or relocations. */
2407 bfd_signed_vma abs_funcdesc_refcount;
2408
2409 enum got_type {
2410 GOT_UNKNOWN = 0, GOT_NORMAL, GOT_TLS_GD, GOT_TLS_IE, GOT_FUNCDESC
2411 } got_type;
2412 };
2413
2414 #define sh_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
2415
2416 struct sh_elf_obj_tdata
2417 {
2418 struct elf_obj_tdata root;
2419
2420 /* got_type for each local got entry. */
2421 char *local_got_type;
2422
2423 /* Function descriptor refcount and offset for each local symbol. */
2424 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
2425 };
2426
2427 #define sh_elf_tdata(abfd) \
2428 ((struct sh_elf_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
2429
2430 #define sh_elf_local_got_type(abfd) \
2431 (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_got_type)
2432
2433 #define sh_elf_local_funcdesc(abfd) \
2434 (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_funcdesc)
2435
2436 #define is_sh_elf(bfd) \
2437 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
2438 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
2439 && elf_object_id (bfd) == SH_ELF_DATA)
2440
2441 /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
2442 as the specific tdata. */
2443
2444 static bfd_boolean
2445 sh_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
2446 {
2447 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct sh_elf_obj_tdata),
2448 SH_ELF_DATA);
2449 }
2450
2451 /* sh ELF linker hash table. */
2452
2453 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table
2454 {
2455 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
2456
2457 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2458 asection *sdynbss;
2459 asection *srelbss;
2460 asection *sfuncdesc;
2461 asection *srelfuncdesc;
2462 asection *srofixup;
2463
2464 /* The (unloaded but important) VxWorks .rela.plt.unloaded section. */
2465 asection *srelplt2;
2466
2467 /* Small local sym cache. */
2468 struct sym_cache sym_cache;
2469
2470 /* A counter or offset to track a TLS got entry. */
2471 union
2472 {
2473 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2474 bfd_vma offset;
2475 } tls_ldm_got;
2476
2477 /* The type of PLT to use. */
2478 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
2479
2480 /* True if the target system is VxWorks. */
2481 bfd_boolean vxworks_p;
2482
2483 /* True if the target system uses FDPIC. */
2484 bfd_boolean fdpic_p;
2485 };
2486
2487 /* Traverse an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2488
2489 #define sh_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
2490 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
2491 (&(table)->root, \
2492 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
2493 (info)))
2494
2495 /* Get the sh ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2496
2497 #define sh_elf_hash_table(p) \
2498 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2499 == SH_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2500
2501 /* Create an entry in an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2502
2503 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
2504 sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
2505 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
2506 const char *string)
2507 {
2508 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *ret =
2509 (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) entry;
2510
2511 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2512 subclass. */
2513 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2514 ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2515 bfd_hash_allocate (table,
2516 sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry)));
2517 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2518 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2519
2520 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2521 ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2522 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
2523 table, string));
2524 if (ret != (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2525 {
2526 ret->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2527 ret->gotplt_refcount = 0;
2528 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
2529 ret->datalabel_got.refcount = ret->root.got.refcount;
2530 #endif
2531 ret->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
2532 ret->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
2533 ret->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
2534 }
2535
2536 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2537 }
2538
2539 /* Create an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2540
2541 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
2542 sh_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
2543 {
2544 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *ret;
2545 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table);
2546
2547 ret = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) bfd_zmalloc (amt);
2548 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) NULL)
2549 return NULL;
2550
2551 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
2552 sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
2553 sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry),
2554 SH_ELF_DATA))
2555 {
2556 free (ret);
2557 return NULL;
2558 }
2559
2560 ret->vxworks_p = vxworks_object_p (abfd);
2561 ret->fdpic_p = fdpic_object_p (abfd);
2562
2563 return &ret->root.root;
2564 }
2565
2566 static bfd_boolean
2567 sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2568 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *p)
2569 {
2570 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2571
2572 /* Non-FDPIC binaries do not need dynamic symbols for sections. */
2573 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
2574 return TRUE;
2575
2576 /* We need dynamic symbols for every section, since segments can
2577 relocate independently. */
2578 switch (elf_section_data (p)->this_hdr.sh_type)
2579 {
2580 case SHT_PROGBITS:
2581 case SHT_NOBITS:
2582 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
2583 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
2584 case SHT_NULL:
2585 return FALSE;
2586
2587 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
2588 against any other section. */
2589 default:
2590 return TRUE;
2591 }
2592 }
2593
2594 /* Create .got, .gotplt, and .rela.got sections in DYNOBJ, and set up
2595 shortcuts to them in our hash table. */
2596
2597 static bfd_boolean
2598 create_got_section (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2599 {
2600 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2601
2602 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
2603 return FALSE;
2604
2605 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2606 if (htab == NULL)
2607 return FALSE;
2608
2609 htab->sfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".got.funcdesc",
2610 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2611 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2612 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2613 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED));
2614 if (htab->sfuncdesc == NULL
2615 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sfuncdesc, 2))
2616 return FALSE;
2617
2618 htab->srelfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj,
2619 ".rela.got.funcdesc",
2620 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2621 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2622 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2623 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2624 | SEC_READONLY));
2625 if (htab->srelfuncdesc == NULL
2626 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srelfuncdesc, 2))
2627 return FALSE;
2628
2629 /* Also create .rofixup. */
2630 htab->srofixup = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".rofixup",
2631 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2632 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2633 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2634 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2635 | SEC_READONLY));
2636 if (htab->srofixup == NULL
2637 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srofixup, 2))
2638 return FALSE;
2639
2640 return TRUE;
2641 }
2642
2643 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
2644
2645 static bfd_boolean
2646 sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2647 {
2648 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2649 flagword flags, pltflags;
2650 asection *s;
2651 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2652 int ptralign = 0;
2653
2654 switch (bed->s->arch_size)
2655 {
2656 case 32:
2657 ptralign = 2;
2658 break;
2659
2660 case 64:
2661 ptralign = 3;
2662 break;
2663
2664 default:
2665 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2666 return FALSE;
2667 }
2668
2669 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2670 if (htab == NULL)
2671 return FALSE;
2672
2673 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
2674 return TRUE;
2675
2676 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
2677 .rel[a].bss sections. */
2678
2679 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2680 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2681
2682 pltflags = flags;
2683 pltflags |= SEC_CODE;
2684 if (bed->plt_not_loaded)
2685 pltflags &= ~ (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
2686 if (bed->plt_readonly)
2687 pltflags |= SEC_READONLY;
2688
2689 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".plt", pltflags);
2690 htab->root.splt = s;
2691 if (s == NULL
2692 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, bed->plt_alignment))
2693 return FALSE;
2694
2695 if (bed->want_plt_sym)
2696 {
2697 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
2698 .plt section. */
2699 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2700 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
2701
2702 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2703 (info, abfd, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
2704 (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
2705 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
2706 return FALSE;
2707
2708 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
2709 h->def_regular = 1;
2710 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
2711 htab->root.hplt = h;
2712
2713 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
2714 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2715 return FALSE;
2716 }
2717
2718 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
2719 bed->default_use_rela_p
2720 ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt",
2721 flags | SEC_READONLY);
2722 htab->root.srelplt = s;
2723 if (s == NULL
2724 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2725 return FALSE;
2726
2727 if (htab->root.sgot == NULL
2728 && !create_got_section (abfd, info))
2729 return FALSE;
2730
2731 if (bed->want_dynbss)
2732 {
2733 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
2734 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
2735 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
2736 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2737 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
2738 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
2739 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynbss",
2740 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2741 htab->sdynbss = s;
2742 if (s == NULL)
2743 return FALSE;
2744
2745 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
2746 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
2747 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
2748 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
2749 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
2750 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
2751 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
2752 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
2753 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
2754 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
2755 copy relocs. */
2756 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
2757 {
2758 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
2759 (bed->default_use_rela_p
2760 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
2761 flags | SEC_READONLY);
2762 htab->srelbss = s;
2763 if (s == NULL
2764 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2765 return FALSE;
2766 }
2767 }
2768
2769 if (htab->vxworks_p)
2770 {
2771 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
2772 return FALSE;
2773 }
2774
2775 return TRUE;
2776 }
2777 \f
2778 /* Find dynamic relocs for H that apply to read-only sections. */
2779
2780 static asection *
2781 readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2782 {
2783 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
2784
2785 for (p = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
2786 {
2787 asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
2788
2789 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
2790 return p->sec;
2791 }
2792 return NULL;
2793 }
2794
2795 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
2796 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
2797 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
2798 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
2799 understand. */
2800
2801 static bfd_boolean
2802 sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2803 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2804 {
2805 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2806 asection *s;
2807
2808 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2809 if (htab == NULL)
2810 return FALSE;
2811
2812 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
2813 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL
2814 && (h->needs_plt
2815 || h->is_weakalias
2816 || (h->def_dynamic
2817 && h->ref_regular
2818 && !h->def_regular)));
2819
2820 /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table. We
2821 will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
2822 when we know the address of the .got section. */
2823 if (h->type == STT_FUNC
2824 || h->needs_plt)
2825 {
2826 if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
2827 || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
2828 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
2829 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2830 {
2831 /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT reloc in an input
2832 file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
2833 object. In such a case, we don't actually need to build
2834 a procedure linkage table, and we can just do a REL32
2835 reloc instead. */
2836 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2837 h->needs_plt = 0;
2838 }
2839
2840 return TRUE;
2841 }
2842 else
2843 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2844
2845 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
2846 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
2847 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
2848 if (h->is_weakalias)
2849 {
2850 struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h);
2851 BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
2852 h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section;
2853 h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value;
2854 if (info->nocopyreloc)
2855 h->non_got_ref = def->non_got_ref;
2856 return TRUE;
2857 }
2858
2859 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
2860 is not a function. */
2861
2862 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
2863 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
2864 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
2865 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
2866 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
2867 return TRUE;
2868
2869 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
2870 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
2871 if (!h->non_got_ref)
2872 return TRUE;
2873
2874 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
2875 if (0 && info->nocopyreloc)
2876 {
2877 h->non_got_ref = 0;
2878 return TRUE;
2879 }
2880
2881 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
2882 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc. */
2883 if (0 && !readonly_dynrelocs (h))
2884 {
2885 h->non_got_ref = 0;
2886 return TRUE;
2887 }
2888
2889 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
2890 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
2891 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
2892 object will contain position independent code, so all references
2893 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
2894 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
2895 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
2896 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
2897 same memory location for the variable. */
2898
2899 s = htab->sdynbss;
2900 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2901
2902 /* We must generate a R_SH_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2903 copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
2904 runtime process image. We need to remember the offset into the
2905 .rela.bss section we are going to use. */
2906 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
2907 {
2908 asection *srel;
2909
2910 srel = htab->srelbss;
2911 BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
2912 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2913 h->needs_copy = 1;
2914 }
2915
2916 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
2917 }
2918
2919 /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
2920 dynamic relocs. */
2921
2922 static bfd_boolean
2923 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
2924 {
2925 struct bfd_link_info *info;
2926 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2927 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2928 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
2929
2930 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2931 return TRUE;
2932
2933 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
2934 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2935 if (htab == NULL)
2936 return FALSE;
2937
2938 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2939 if ((h->got.refcount > 0
2940 || h->forced_local)
2941 && eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
2942 {
2943 /* The symbol has been forced local, or we have some direct got refs,
2944 so treat all the gotplt refs as got refs. */
2945 h->got.refcount += eh->gotplt_refcount;
2946 if (h->plt.refcount >= eh->gotplt_refcount)
2947 h->plt.refcount -= eh->gotplt_refcount;
2948 }
2949
2950 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
2951 && h->plt.refcount > 0
2952 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
2953 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2954 {
2955 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
2956 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
2957 if (h->dynindx == -1
2958 && !h->forced_local)
2959 {
2960 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2961 return FALSE;
2962 }
2963
2964 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
2965 || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h))
2966 {
2967 asection *s = htab->root.splt;
2968 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
2969
2970 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
2971 first entry. */
2972 if (s->size == 0)
2973 s->size += htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size;
2974
2975 h->plt.offset = s->size;
2976
2977 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
2978 not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
2979 location in the .plt. This is required to make function
2980 pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
2981 the shared library. Skip this for FDPIC, since the
2982 function's address will be the address of the canonical
2983 function descriptor. */
2984 if (!htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info) && !h->def_regular)
2985 {
2986 h->root.u.def.section = s;
2987 h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
2988 }
2989
2990 /* Make room for this entry. */
2991 plt_info = htab->plt_info;
2992 if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL
2993 && (get_plt_index (plt_info->short_plt, s->size) < MAX_SHORT_PLT))
2994 plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
2995 s->size += plt_info->symbol_entry_size;
2996
2997 /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
2998 will be placed in the .got section by the linker script. */
2999 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
3000 htab->root.sgotplt->size += 4;
3001 else
3002 htab->root.sgotplt->size += 8;
3003
3004 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section. */
3005 htab->root.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3006
3007 if (htab->vxworks_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3008 {
3009 /* VxWorks executables have a second set of relocations
3010 for each PLT entry. They go in a separate relocation
3011 section, which is processed by the kernel loader. */
3012
3013 /* There is a relocation for the initial PLT entry:
3014 an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3015 if (h->plt.offset == htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size)
3016 htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3017
3018 /* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent
3019 PLT entry: an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the GOT entry,
3020 and an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the PLT entry. */
3021 htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * 2;
3022 }
3023 }
3024 else
3025 {
3026 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3027 h->needs_plt = 0;
3028 }
3029 }
3030 else
3031 {
3032 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3033 h->needs_plt = 0;
3034 }
3035
3036 if (h->got.refcount > 0)
3037 {
3038 asection *s;
3039 bfd_boolean dyn;
3040 enum got_type got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
3041
3042 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3043 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3044 if (h->dynindx == -1
3045 && !h->forced_local)
3046 {
3047 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3048 return FALSE;
3049 }
3050
3051 s = htab->root.sgot;
3052 h->got.offset = s->size;
3053 s->size += 4;
3054 /* R_SH_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots. */
3055 if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3056 s->size += 4;
3057 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
3058 if (!dyn)
3059 {
3060 /* No dynamic relocations required. */
3061 if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
3062 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3063 && (got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
3064 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3065 }
3066 /* No dynamic relocations required when IE->LE conversion happens. */
3067 else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
3068 && !h->def_dynamic
3069 && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3070 ;
3071 /* R_SH_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation if dynamic,
3072 R_SH_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if global. */
3073 else if ((got_type == GOT_TLS_GD && h->dynindx == -1)
3074 || got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
3075 htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3076 else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3077 htab->root.srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3078 else if (got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3079 {
3080 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3081 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3082 else
3083 htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3084 }
3085 else if ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3086 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3087 && (bfd_link_pic (info)
3088 || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h)))
3089 htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3090 else if (htab->fdpic_p
3091 && !bfd_link_pic (info)
3092 && got_type == GOT_NORMAL
3093 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3094 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3095 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3096 }
3097 else
3098 h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3099
3100 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
3101 if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
3102 {
3103 asection *s;
3104 bfd_boolean dyn;
3105
3106 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3107 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3108 if (h->dynindx == -1
3109 && !h->forced_local)
3110 {
3111 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3112 return FALSE;
3113 }
3114
3115 s = htab->root.sgot;
3116 eh->datalabel_got.offset = s->size;
3117 s->size += 4;
3118 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
3119 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, bfd_link_pic (info), h))
3120 htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3121 }
3122 else
3123 eh->datalabel_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3124 #endif
3125
3126 /* Allocate space for any dynamic relocations to function
3127 descriptors, canonical or otherwise. We need to relocate the
3128 reference unless it resolves to zero, which only happens for
3129 undefined weak symbols (either non-default visibility, or when
3130 static linking). Any GOT slot is accounted for elsewhere. */
3131 if (eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount > 0
3132 && (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3133 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3134 && ! SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))))
3135 {
3136 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3137 htab->srofixup->size += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * 4;
3138 else
3139 htab->root.srelgot->size
3140 += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3141 }
3142
3143 /* We must allocate a function descriptor if there are references to
3144 a canonical descriptor (R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC or R_SH_FUNCDESC) and
3145 the dynamic linker isn't going to allocate it. None of this
3146 applies if we already created one in .got.plt, but if the
3147 canonical function descriptor can be in this object, there
3148 won't be a PLT entry at all. */
3149 if ((eh->funcdesc.refcount > 0
3150 || (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE && eh->got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
3151 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3152 && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3153 {
3154 /* Make room for this function descriptor. */
3155 eh->funcdesc.offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3156 htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3157
3158 /* We will need a relocation or two fixups to initialize the
3159 function descriptor, so allocate those too. */
3160 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3161 htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3162 else
3163 htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3164 }
3165
3166 if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
3167 return TRUE;
3168
3169 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
3170 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
3171 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
3172 space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol
3173 visibility changes. */
3174
3175 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
3176 {
3177 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3178 {
3179 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
3180
3181 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3182 {
3183 p->count -= p->pc_count;
3184 p->pc_count = 0;
3185 if (p->count == 0)
3186 *pp = p->next;
3187 else
3188 pp = &p->next;
3189 }
3190 }
3191
3192 if (htab->vxworks_p)
3193 {
3194 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
3195
3196 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3197 {
3198 if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
3199 *pp = p->next;
3200 else
3201 pp = &p->next;
3202 }
3203 }
3204
3205 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
3206 visibility. */
3207 if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL
3208 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3209 {
3210 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
3211 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
3212 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3213
3214 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
3215 symbol in PIEs. */
3216 else if (h->dynindx == -1
3217 && !h->forced_local)
3218 {
3219 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3220 return FALSE;
3221 }
3222 }
3223 }
3224 else
3225 {
3226 /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
3227 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
3228 dynamic. */
3229
3230 if (!h->non_got_ref
3231 && ((h->def_dynamic
3232 && !h->def_regular)
3233 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3234 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3235 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
3236 {
3237 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3238 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3239 if (h->dynindx == -1
3240 && !h->forced_local)
3241 {
3242 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3243 return FALSE;
3244 }
3245
3246 /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
3247 relocs. */
3248 if (h->dynindx != -1)
3249 goto keep;
3250 }
3251
3252 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3253
3254 keep: ;
3255 }
3256
3257 /* Finally, allocate space. */
3258 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3259 {
3260 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3261 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3262
3263 /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups. */
3264 if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3265 htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3266 }
3267
3268 return TRUE;
3269 }
3270
3271 /* Set DF_TEXTREL if we find any dynamic relocs that apply to
3272 read-only sections. */
3273
3274 static bfd_boolean
3275 maybe_set_textrel (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *info_p)
3276 {
3277 asection *sec;
3278
3279 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
3280 return TRUE;
3281
3282 sec = readonly_dynrelocs (h);
3283 if (sec != NULL)
3284 {
3285 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) info_p;
3286
3287 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3288 info->callbacks->minfo
3289 (_("%B: dynamic relocation against `%T' in read-only section `%A'\n"),
3290 sec->owner, h->root.root.string, sec);
3291
3292 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
3293 return FALSE;
3294 }
3295 return TRUE;
3296 }
3297
3298 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
3299 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
3300 It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style. */
3301
3302 static bfd_boolean
3303 sh_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3304 {
3305 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->plt_info = get_plt_info (output_bfd,
3306 bfd_link_pic (info));
3307
3308 if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
3309 && !bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (output_bfd, info,
3310 "__stacksize", DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE))
3311 return FALSE;
3312 return TRUE;
3313 }
3314
3315 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
3316
3317 static bfd_boolean
3318 sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3319 struct bfd_link_info *info)
3320 {
3321 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3322 bfd *dynobj;
3323 asection *s;
3324 bfd_boolean relocs;
3325 bfd *ibfd;
3326
3327 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3328 if (htab == NULL)
3329 return FALSE;
3330
3331 dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
3332 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
3333
3334 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3335 {
3336 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
3337 if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
3338 {
3339 s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
3340 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3341 s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3342 s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3343 }
3344 }
3345
3346 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
3347 relocs. */
3348 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
3349 {
3350 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
3351 bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
3352 union gotref *local_funcdesc, *end_local_funcdesc;
3353 char *local_got_type;
3354 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
3355 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3356 asection *srel;
3357
3358 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd))
3359 continue;
3360
3361 for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3362 {
3363 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
3364
3365 for (p = ((struct elf_dyn_relocs *)
3366 elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
3367 p != NULL;
3368 p = p->next)
3369 {
3370 if (! bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
3371 && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
3372 {
3373 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
3374 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
3375 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
3376 the relocs too. */
3377 }
3378 else if (htab->vxworks_p
3379 && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
3380 ".tls_vars") == 0)
3381 {
3382 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
3383 handled specially by the loader. */
3384 }
3385 else if (p->count != 0)
3386 {
3387 srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3388 srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3389 if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3390 {
3391 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3392 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%B: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%A'\n"),
3393 p->sec->owner, p->sec);
3394 }
3395
3396 /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups. */
3397 if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3398 htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3399 }
3400 }
3401 }
3402
3403 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
3404 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3405 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
3406 /* Count datalabel local GOT. */
3407 locsymcount *= 2;
3408 #endif
3409 s = htab->root.sgot;
3410 srel = htab->root.srelgot;
3411
3412 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
3413 if (local_got)
3414 {
3415 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
3416 local_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (ibfd);
3417 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3418 for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got)
3419 {
3420 if (*local_got > 0)
3421 {
3422 *local_got = s->size;
3423 s->size += 4;
3424 if (*local_got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3425 s->size += 4;
3426 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
3427 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3428 else
3429 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3430
3431 if (*local_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3432 {
3433 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3434 {
3435 bfd_size_type size;
3436
3437 size = locsymcount * sizeof (union gotref);
3438 local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (ibfd,
3439 size);
3440 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3441 return FALSE;
3442 sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd) = local_funcdesc;
3443 local_funcdesc += (local_got
3444 - elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd));
3445 }
3446 local_funcdesc->refcount++;
3447 ++local_funcdesc;
3448 }
3449 }
3450 else
3451 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
3452 ++local_got_type;
3453 }
3454 }
3455
3456 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3457 if (local_funcdesc)
3458 {
3459 end_local_funcdesc = local_funcdesc + locsymcount;
3460
3461 for (; local_funcdesc < end_local_funcdesc; ++local_funcdesc)
3462 {
3463 if (local_funcdesc->refcount > 0)
3464 {
3465 local_funcdesc->offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3466 htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3467 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
3468 htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3469 else
3470 htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3471 }
3472 else
3473 local_funcdesc->offset = MINUS_ONE;
3474 }
3475 }
3476
3477 }
3478
3479 if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
3480 {
3481 /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_SH_TLS_LD_32
3482 relocs. */
3483 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->root.sgot->size;
3484 htab->root.sgot->size += 8;
3485 htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3486 }
3487 else
3488 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
3489
3490 /* Only the reserved entries should be present. For FDPIC, they go at
3491 the end of .got.plt. */
3492 if (htab->fdpic_p)
3493 {
3494 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.sgotplt && htab->root.sgotplt->size == 12);
3495 htab->root.sgotplt->size = 0;
3496 }
3497
3498 /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
3499 sym dynamic relocs. */
3500 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
3501
3502 /* Move the reserved entries and the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol to the
3503 end of the FDPIC .got.plt. */
3504 if (htab->fdpic_p)
3505 {
3506 htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value = htab->root.sgotplt->size;
3507 htab->root.sgotplt->size += 12;
3508 }
3509
3510 /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT. */
3511 if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
3512 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3513
3514 /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
3515 Allocate memory for them. */
3516 relocs = FALSE;
3517 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3518 {
3519 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
3520 continue;
3521
3522 if (s == htab->root.splt
3523 || s == htab->root.sgot
3524 || s == htab->root.sgotplt
3525 || s == htab->sfuncdesc
3526 || s == htab->srofixup
3527 || s == htab->sdynbss)
3528 {
3529 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
3530 comment below. */
3531 }
3532 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s), ".rela"))
3533 {
3534 if (s->size != 0 && s != htab->root.srelplt && s != htab->srelplt2)
3535 relocs = TRUE;
3536
3537 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
3538 to copy relocs into the output file. */
3539 s->reloc_count = 0;
3540 }
3541 else
3542 {
3543 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
3544 continue;
3545 }
3546
3547 if (s->size == 0)
3548 {
3549 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
3550 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
3551 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
3552 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
3553 before the linker maps input sections to output
3554 sections. The linker does that before
3555 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
3556 function which decides whether anything needs to go
3557 into these sections. */
3558
3559 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3560 continue;
3561 }
3562
3563 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
3564 continue;
3565
3566 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc
3567 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
3568 section's contents are written out. This should not happen,
3569 but this way if it does, we get a R_SH_NONE reloc instead
3570 of garbage. */
3571 s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
3572 if (s->contents == NULL)
3573 return FALSE;
3574 }
3575
3576 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3577 {
3578 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
3579 values later, in sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
3580 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
3581 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
3582 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
3583 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
3584 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
3585
3586 if (bfd_link_executable (info))
3587 {
3588 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
3589 return FALSE;
3590 }
3591
3592 if (htab->root.splt->size != 0)
3593 {
3594 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
3595 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
3596 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
3597 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
3598 return FALSE;
3599 }
3600 else if ((elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC))
3601 {
3602 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0))
3603 return FALSE;
3604 }
3605
3606 if (relocs)
3607 {
3608 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
3609 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
3610 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT,
3611 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
3612 return FALSE;
3613
3614 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
3615 then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
3616 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
3617 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, maybe_set_textrel, info);
3618
3619 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
3620 {
3621 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
3622 return FALSE;
3623 }
3624 }
3625 if (htab->vxworks_p
3626 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
3627 return FALSE;
3628 }
3629 #undef add_dynamic_entry
3630
3631 return TRUE;
3632 }
3633 \f
3634 /* Add a dynamic relocation to the SRELOC section. */
3635
3636 inline static bfd_vma
3637 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sreloc, bfd_vma offset,
3638 int reloc_type, long dynindx, bfd_vma addend)
3639 {
3640 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3641 bfd_vma reloc_offset;
3642
3643 outrel.r_offset = offset;
3644 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, reloc_type);
3645 outrel.r_addend = addend;
3646
3647 reloc_offset = sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3648 BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset < sreloc->size);
3649 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
3650 sreloc->contents + reloc_offset);
3651 sreloc->reloc_count++;
3652
3653 return reloc_offset;
3654 }
3655
3656 /* Add an FDPIC read-only fixup. */
3657
3658 inline static void
3659 sh_elf_add_rofixup (bfd *output_bfd, asection *srofixup, bfd_vma offset)
3660 {
3661 bfd_vma fixup_offset;
3662
3663 fixup_offset = srofixup->reloc_count++ * 4;
3664 BFD_ASSERT (fixup_offset < srofixup->size);
3665 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, offset, srofixup->contents + fixup_offset);
3666 }
3667
3668 /* Return the offset of the generated .got section from the
3669 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol. */
3670
3671 static bfd_signed_vma
3672 sh_elf_got_offset (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab)
3673 {
3674 return (htab->root.sgot->output_offset - htab->root.sgotplt->output_offset
3675 - htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
3676 }
3677
3678 /* Find the segment number in which OSEC, and output section, is
3679 located. */
3680
3681 static unsigned
3682 sh_elf_osec_to_segment (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3683 {
3684 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p = NULL;
3685
3686 if (output_bfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3687 /* PR ld/17110: Do not look for output segments in an input bfd. */
3688 && output_bfd->direction != read_direction)
3689 p = _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (output_bfd, osec);
3690
3691 /* FIXME: Nothing ever says what this index is relative to. The kernel
3692 supplies data in terms of the number of load segments but this is
3693 a phdr index and the first phdr may not be a load segment. */
3694 return (p != NULL) ? p - elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr : -1;
3695 }
3696
3697 static bfd_boolean
3698 sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3699 {
3700 unsigned seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, osec);
3701
3702 return (seg != (unsigned) -1
3703 && ! (elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr[seg].p_flags & PF_W));
3704 }
3705
3706 /* Generate the initial contents of a local function descriptor, along
3707 with any relocations or fixups required. */
3708 static bfd_boolean
3709 sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (bfd *output_bfd,
3710 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3711 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3712 bfd_vma offset,
3713 asection *section,
3714 bfd_vma value)
3715 {
3716 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3717 int dynindx;
3718 bfd_vma addr, seg;
3719
3720 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3721
3722 /* FIXME: The ABI says that the offset to the function goes in the
3723 descriptor, along with the segment index. We're RELA, so it could
3724 go in the reloc instead... */
3725
3726 if (h != NULL && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3727 {
3728 section = h->root.u.def.section;
3729 value = h->root.u.def.value;
3730 }
3731
3732 if (h == NULL || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3733 {
3734 dynindx = elf_section_data (section->output_section)->dynindx;
3735 addr = value + section->output_offset;
3736 seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, section->output_section);
3737 }
3738 else
3739 {
3740 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
3741 dynindx = h->dynindx;
3742 addr = seg = 0;
3743 }
3744
3745 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3746 {
3747 if (h == NULL || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3748 {
3749 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3750 offset
3751 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3752 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3753 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3754 offset + 4
3755 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3756 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3757 }
3758
3759 /* There are no dynamic relocations so fill in the final
3760 address and gp value (barring fixups). */
3761 addr += section->output_section->vma;
3762 seg = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
3763 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
3764 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
3765 }
3766 else
3767 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, htab->srelfuncdesc,
3768 offset
3769 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3770 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset,
3771 R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE, dynindx, 0);
3772
3773 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, addr, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset);
3774 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, seg, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset + 4);
3775
3776 return TRUE;
3777 }
3778
3779 /* Install a 20-bit movi20 field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
3780 VALUE is the field's value. Return bfd_reloc_ok if successful or an error
3781 otherwise. */
3782
3783 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3784 install_movi20_field (bfd *output_bfd, unsigned long relocation,
3785 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3786 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma offset)
3787 {
3788 unsigned long cur_val;
3789 bfd_byte *addr;
3790 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3791
3792 if (offset > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
3793 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3794
3795 r = bfd_check_overflow (complain_overflow_signed, 20, 0,
3796 bfd_arch_bits_per_address (input_bfd), relocation);
3797 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
3798 return r;
3799
3800 addr = contents + offset;
3801 cur_val = bfd_get_16 (output_bfd, addr);
3802 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, cur_val | ((relocation & 0xf0000) >> 12), addr);
3803 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, relocation & 0xffff, addr + 2);
3804
3805 return bfd_reloc_ok;
3806 }
3807
3808 /* Relocate an SH ELF section. */
3809
3810 static bfd_boolean
3811 sh_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3812 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3813 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
3814 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
3815 asection **local_sections)
3816 {
3817 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3818 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3819 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
3820 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
3821 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
3822 asection *sgot = NULL;
3823 asection *sgotplt = NULL;
3824 asection *splt = NULL;
3825 asection *sreloc = NULL;
3826 asection *srelgot = NULL;
3827 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
3828 unsigned isec_segment, got_segment, plt_segment, check_segment[2];
3829 bfd_boolean fdpic_p = FALSE;
3830
3831 BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (input_bfd));
3832
3833 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3834 if (htab != NULL)
3835 {
3836 sgot = htab->root.sgot;
3837 sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
3838 srelgot = htab->root.srelgot;
3839 splt = htab->root.splt;
3840 fdpic_p = htab->fdpic_p;
3841 }
3842 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
3843 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
3844 local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
3845
3846 isec_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3847 input_section->output_section);
3848 if (fdpic_p && sgot)
3849 got_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3850 sgot->output_section);
3851 else
3852 got_segment = -1;
3853 if (fdpic_p && splt)
3854 plt_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3855 splt->output_section);
3856 else
3857 plt_segment = -1;
3858
3859 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
3860 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
3861 is_vxworks_tls = (htab && htab->vxworks_p && bfd_link_pic (info)
3862 && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
3863 ".tls_vars"));
3864
3865 rel = relocs;
3866 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
3867 for (; rel < relend; rel++)
3868 {
3869 int r_type;
3870 reloc_howto_type *howto;
3871 unsigned long r_symndx;
3872 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3873 asection *sec;
3874 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3875 bfd_vma relocation;
3876 bfd_vma addend = (bfd_vma) 0;
3877 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3878 int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
3879 bfd_vma off;
3880 enum got_type got_type;
3881 const char *symname = NULL;
3882 bfd_boolean resolved_to_zero;
3883
3884 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
3885
3886 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
3887
3888 /* Many of the relocs are only used for relaxing, and are
3889 handled entirely by the relaxation code. */
3890 if (r_type >= (int) R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT
3891 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LABEL)
3892 continue;
3893 if (r_type == (int) R_SH_NONE)
3894 continue;
3895
3896 if (r_type < 0
3897 || r_type >= R_SH_max
3898 || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC
3899 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
3900 || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2
3901 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
3902 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3
3903 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
3904 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4
3905 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
3906 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5
3907 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5)
3908 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6
3909 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6))
3910 {
3911 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3912 return FALSE;
3913 }
3914
3915 howto = get_howto_table (output_bfd) + r_type;
3916
3917 /* For relocs that aren't partial_inplace, we get the addend from
3918 the relocation. */
3919 if (! howto->partial_inplace)
3920 addend = rel->r_addend;
3921
3922 resolved_to_zero = FALSE;
3923 h = NULL;
3924 sym = NULL;
3925 sec = NULL;
3926 check_segment[0] = -1;
3927 check_segment[1] = -1;
3928 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
3929 {
3930 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
3931 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
3932
3933 symname = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
3934 (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name);
3935 if (symname == NULL || *symname == '\0')
3936 symname = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
3937
3938 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
3939 + sec->output_offset
3940 + sym->st_value);
3941 /* A local symbol never has STO_SH5_ISA32, so we don't need
3942 datalabel processing here. Make sure this does not change
3943 without notice. */
3944 if ((sym->st_other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0)
3945 (*info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
3946 (info,
3947 _("Unexpected STO_SH5_ISA32 on local symbol is not handled"),
3948 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
3949
3950 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
3951 /* Handled below. */
3952 ;
3953 else if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
3954 {
3955 /* This is a relocatable link. We don't have to change
3956 anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
3957 in which case we have to adjust according to where the
3958 section symbol winds up in the output section. */
3959 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
3960 {
3961 if (! howto->partial_inplace)
3962 {
3963 /* For relocations with the addend in the
3964 relocation, we need just to update the addend.
3965 All real relocs are of type partial_inplace; this
3966 code is mostly for completeness. */
3967 rel->r_addend += sec->output_offset;
3968
3969 continue;
3970 }
3971
3972 /* Relocs of type partial_inplace need to pick up the
3973 contents in the contents and add the offset resulting
3974 from the changed location of the section symbol.
3975 Using _bfd_final_link_relocate (e.g. goto
3976 final_link_relocate) here would be wrong, because
3977 relocations marked pc_relative would get the current
3978 location subtracted, and we must only do that at the
3979 final link. */
3980 r = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, input_bfd,
3981 sec->output_offset
3982 + sym->st_value,
3983 contents + rel->r_offset);
3984 goto relocation_done;
3985 }
3986
3987 continue;
3988 }
3989 else if (! howto->partial_inplace)
3990 {
3991 relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
3992 addend = rel->r_addend;
3993 }
3994 else if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
3995 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
3996 {
3997 asection *msec;
3998
3999 if (howto->rightshift || howto->src_mask != 0xffffffff)
4000 {
4001 _bfd_error_handler
4002 /* xgettext:c-format */
4003 (_("%B(%A+%#Lx): %s relocation against SEC_MERGE section"),
4004 input_bfd, input_section,
4005 rel->r_offset, howto->name);
4006 return FALSE;
4007 }
4008
4009 addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
4010 msec = sec;
4011 addend =
4012 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec, addend)
4013 - relocation;
4014 addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset;
4015 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, contents + rel->r_offset);
4016 addend = 0;
4017 }
4018 }
4019 else
4020 {
4021 /* FIXME: Ought to make use of the RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL macro. */
4022
4023 relocation = 0;
4024 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4025 symname = h->root.root.string;
4026 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4027 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4028 {
4029 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4030 /* If the reference passes a symbol marked with
4031 STT_DATALABEL, then any STO_SH5_ISA32 on the final value
4032 doesn't count. */
4033 seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
4034 #endif
4035 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4036 }
4037 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4038 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4039 {
4040 bfd_boolean dyn;
4041
4042 dyn = htab ? htab->root.dynamic_sections_created : FALSE;
4043 sec = h->root.u.def.section;
4044 /* In these cases, we don't need the relocation value.
4045 We check specially because in some obscure cases
4046 sec->output_section will be NULL. */
4047 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTPC
4048 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16
4049 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16
4050 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16
4051 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_HI16
4052 || ((r_type == R_SH_PLT32
4053 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_LOW16
4054 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16
4055 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16
4056 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_HI16)
4057 && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4058 || ((r_type == R_SH_GOT32
4059 || r_type == R_SH_GOT20
4060 || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC
4061 || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20
4062 || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
4063 || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
4064 || r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC
4065 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_LOW16
4066 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16
4067 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16
4068 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_HI16)
4069 && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn,
4070 bfd_link_pic (info),
4071 h)
4072 && (! bfd_link_pic (info)
4073 || (! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
4074 || !h->def_regular))
4075 /* The cases above are those in which relocation is
4076 overwritten in the switch block below. The cases
4077 below are those in which we must defer relocation
4078 to run-time, because we can't resolve absolute
4079 addresses when creating a shared library. */
4080 || (bfd_link_pic (info)
4081 && ((! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
4082 || !h->def_regular)
4083 && ((r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4084 && !h->forced_local)
4085 || (r_type == R_SH_REL32
4086 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4087 && ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4088 /* DWARF will emit R_SH_DIR32 relocations in its
4089 sections against symbols defined externally
4090 in shared libraries. We can't do anything
4091 with them here. */
4092 || ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4093 && h->def_dynamic)))
4094 /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING
4095 sections because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and
4096 thus ld.so will not process them. */
4097 || (sec->output_section == NULL
4098 && ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4099 && h->def_dynamic))
4100 || (sec->output_section == NULL
4101 && (sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
4102 || sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)))
4103 ;
4104 else if (sec->output_section != NULL)
4105 relocation = ((h->root.u.def.value
4106 + sec->output_section->vma
4107 + sec->output_offset)
4108 /* A STO_SH5_ISA32 causes a "bitor 1" to the
4109 symbol value, unless we've seen
4110 STT_DATALABEL on the way to it. */
4111 | ((h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0
4112 && ! seen_stt_datalabel));
4113 else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
4114 && (_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4115 input_section,
4116 rel->r_offset)
4117 != (bfd_vma) -1))
4118 {
4119 _bfd_error_handler
4120 /* xgettext:c-format */
4121 (_("%B(%A+%#Lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
4122 input_bfd,
4123 input_section,
4124 rel->r_offset,
4125 howto->name,
4126 h->root.root.string);
4127 return FALSE;
4128 }
4129 }
4130 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4131 resolved_to_zero = UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h);
4132 else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
4133 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
4134 ;
4135 else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info))
4136 (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
4137 (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd,
4138 input_section, rel->r_offset,
4139 (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR
4140 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)));
4141 }
4142
4143 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
4144 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
4145 rel, 1, relend, howto, 0, contents);
4146
4147 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
4148 continue;
4149
4150 /* Check for inter-segment relocations in FDPIC files. Most
4151 relocations connect the relocation site to the location of
4152 the target symbol, but there are some exceptions below. */
4153 check_segment[0] = isec_segment;
4154 if (sec != NULL)
4155 check_segment[1] = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
4156 sec->output_section);
4157 else
4158 check_segment[1] = -1;
4159
4160 switch ((int) r_type)
4161 {
4162 final_link_relocate:
4163 /* COFF relocs don't use the addend. The addend is used for
4164 R_SH_DIR32 to be compatible with other compilers. */
4165 r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
4166 contents, rel->r_offset,
4167 relocation, addend);
4168 break;
4169
4170 case R_SH_IND12W:
4171 goto final_link_relocate;
4172
4173 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
4174 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
4175 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
4176 /* If the reloc is against the start of this section, then
4177 the assembler has already taken care of it and the reloc
4178 is here only to assist in relaxing. If the reloc is not
4179 against the start of this section, then it's against an
4180 external symbol and we must deal with it ourselves. */
4181 if (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset
4182 != relocation)
4183 {
4184 int disp = (relocation
4185 - input_section->output_section->vma
4186 - input_section->output_offset
4187 - rel->r_offset);
4188 int mask = 0;
4189 switch (r_type)
4190 {
4191 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
4192 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: mask = 1; break;
4193 case R_SH_DIR8WPL: mask = 3; break;
4194 default: mask = 0; break;
4195 }
4196 if (disp & mask)
4197 {
4198 _bfd_error_handler
4199 /* xgettext:c-format */
4200 (_("%B: %#Lx: fatal: unaligned branch target for relax-support relocation"),
4201 input_section->owner,
4202 rel->r_offset);
4203 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4204 return FALSE;
4205 }
4206 relocation -= 4;
4207 goto final_link_relocate;
4208 }
4209 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
4210 break;
4211
4212 default:
4213 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4214 if (shmedia_prepare_reloc (info, input_bfd, input_section,
4215 contents, rel, &relocation))
4216 goto final_link_relocate;
4217 #endif
4218 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4219 return FALSE;
4220
4221 case R_SH_DIR16:
4222 case R_SH_DIR8:
4223 case R_SH_DIR8U:
4224 case R_SH_DIR8S:
4225 case R_SH_DIR4U:
4226 goto final_link_relocate;
4227
4228 case R_SH_DIR8UL:
4229 case R_SH_DIR4UL:
4230 if (relocation & 3)
4231 {
4232 _bfd_error_handler
4233 /* xgettext:c-format */
4234 (_("%B: %#Lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation %#Lx"),
4235 input_section->owner,
4236 rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4237 relocation);
4238 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4239 return FALSE;
4240 }
4241 goto final_link_relocate;
4242
4243 case R_SH_DIR8UW:
4244 case R_SH_DIR8SW:
4245 case R_SH_DIR4UW:
4246 if (relocation & 1)
4247 {
4248 _bfd_error_handler
4249 /* xgettext:c-format */
4250 (_("%B: %#Lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation %#Lx"),
4251 input_section->owner,
4252 rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4253 relocation);
4254 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4255 return FALSE;
4256 }
4257 goto final_link_relocate;
4258
4259 case R_SH_PSHA:
4260 if ((signed int)relocation < -32
4261 || (signed int)relocation > 32)
4262 {
4263 _bfd_error_handler
4264 /* xgettext:c-format */
4265 (_("%B: %#Lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHA relocation %Ld not in range -32..32"),
4266 input_section->owner,
4267 rel->r_offset,
4268 relocation);
4269 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4270 return FALSE;
4271 }
4272 goto final_link_relocate;
4273
4274 case R_SH_PSHL:
4275 if ((signed int)relocation < -16
4276 || (signed int)relocation > 16)
4277 {
4278 _bfd_error_handler
4279 /* xgettext:c-format */
4280 (_("%B: %#Lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHL relocation %Ld not in range -32..32"),
4281 input_section->owner,
4282 rel->r_offset,
4283 relocation);
4284 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4285 return FALSE;
4286 }
4287 goto final_link_relocate;
4288
4289 case R_SH_DIR32:
4290 case R_SH_REL32:
4291 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4292 case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
4293 case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
4294 case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
4295 case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
4296 #endif
4297 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
4298 && (h == NULL
4299 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4300 && !resolved_to_zero)
4301 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4302 && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
4303 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4304 && !is_vxworks_tls
4305 && (r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4306 || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4307 {
4308 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4309 bfd_byte *loc;
4310 bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
4311
4312 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
4313 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
4314 time. */
4315
4316 if (sreloc == NULL)
4317 {
4318 sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
4319 (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
4320 if (sreloc == NULL)
4321 return FALSE;
4322 }
4323
4324 skip = FALSE;
4325 relocate = FALSE;
4326
4327 outrel.r_offset =
4328 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
4329 rel->r_offset);
4330 if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4331 skip = TRUE;
4332 else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
4333 skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
4334 outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
4335 + input_section->output_offset);
4336
4337 if (skip)
4338 memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
4339 else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32)
4340 {
4341 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
4342 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_REL32);
4343 outrel.r_addend
4344 = (howto->partial_inplace
4345 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4346 : addend);
4347 }
4348 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4349 else if (r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
4350 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
4351 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
4352 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL)
4353 {
4354 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
4355 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
4356 outrel.r_addend = addend;
4357 }
4358 #endif
4359 else if (fdpic_p
4360 && (h == NULL
4361 || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
4362 && h->def_regular)))
4363 {
4364 int dynindx;
4365
4366 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
4367 BFD_ASSERT (sec->output_section != NULL);
4368 dynindx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4369 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4370 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4371 outrel.r_addend
4372 += (howto->partial_inplace
4373 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4374 : addend);
4375 outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4376 }
4377 else
4378 {
4379 /* h->dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
4380 become local. */
4381 if (h == NULL
4382 || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
4383 && h->def_regular))
4384 {
4385 relocate = howto->partial_inplace;
4386 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4387 }
4388 else
4389 {
4390 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4391 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4392 }
4393 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4394 outrel.r_addend
4395 += (howto->partial_inplace
4396 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4397 : addend);
4398 }
4399
4400 loc = sreloc->contents;
4401 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4402 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4403
4404 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4405
4406 /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do
4407 not want to fiddle with the addend. Otherwise, we
4408 need to include the symbol value so that it becomes
4409 an addend for the dynamic reloc. */
4410 if (! relocate)
4411 continue;
4412 }
4413 else if (fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
4414 && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4415 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4416 {
4417 bfd_vma offset;
4418
4419 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4420
4421 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4422 input_section->output_section))
4423 {
4424 _bfd_error_handler
4425 /* xgettext:c-format */
4426 (_("%B(%A+%#Lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4427 input_bfd,
4428 input_section,
4429 rel->r_offset,
4430 symname);
4431 return FALSE;
4432 }
4433
4434 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4435 input_section, rel->r_offset);
4436 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4437 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4438 input_section->output_section->vma
4439 + input_section->output_offset
4440 + rel->r_offset);
4441
4442 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4443 }
4444 /* We don't want warnings for non-NULL tests on undefined weak
4445 symbols. */
4446 else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32
4447 && h
4448 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4449 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4450 goto final_link_relocate;
4451
4452 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
4453 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4454 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
4455 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
4456 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
4457 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
4458 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
4459 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
4460 #endif
4461 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4462 procedure linkage table. */
4463
4464 if (h == NULL
4465 || h->forced_local
4466 || ! bfd_link_pic (info)
4467 || info->symbolic
4468 || h->dynindx == -1
4469 || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
4470 || h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4471 goto force_got;
4472
4473 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4474 offset table extension for the procedure linkage table. */
4475
4476 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4477 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4478 relocation = (sgotplt->output_offset
4479 + (get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset)
4480 + 3) * 4);
4481
4482 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4483 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4484 #endif
4485
4486 goto final_link_relocate;
4487
4488 force_got:
4489 case R_SH_GOT32:
4490 case R_SH_GOT20:
4491 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4492 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
4493 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
4494 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
4495 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
4496 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
4497 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
4498 #endif
4499 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4500 offset table. */
4501
4502 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4503 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
4504 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4505
4506 if (h != NULL)
4507 {
4508 bfd_boolean dyn;
4509
4510 off = h->got.offset;
4511 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4512 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
4513 {
4514 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
4515
4516 hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
4517 off = hsh->datalabel_got.offset;
4518 }
4519 #endif
4520 BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1);
4521
4522 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
4523 if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn,
4524 bfd_link_pic (info),
4525 h)
4526 || (bfd_link_pic (info)
4527 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
4528 || ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
4529 || resolved_to_zero)
4530 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4531 {
4532 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
4533 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
4534 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
4535 because of a version file. We must initialize
4536 this entry in the global offset table. Since the
4537 offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the
4538 least significant bit to record whether we have
4539 initialized it already.
4540
4541 When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
4542 relocation entry to initialize the value. This
4543 is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine. */
4544 if ((off & 1) != 0)
4545 off &= ~1;
4546 else
4547 {
4548 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
4549 sgot->contents + off);
4550 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4551 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
4552 {
4553 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
4554
4555 hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
4556 hsh->datalabel_got.offset |= 1;
4557 }
4558 else
4559 #endif
4560 h->got.offset |= 1;
4561
4562 /* If we initialize the GOT entry here with a valid
4563 symbol address, also add a fixup. */
4564 if (fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
4565 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_NORMAL
4566 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4567 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4568 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4569 sgot->output_section->vma
4570 + sgot->output_offset
4571 + off);
4572 }
4573 }
4574
4575 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4576 }
4577 else
4578 {
4579 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4580 if (rel->r_addend)
4581 {
4582 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4583 && (local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
4584 + r_symndx]
4585 != (bfd_vma) -1));
4586
4587 off = local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
4588 + r_symndx];
4589 }
4590 else
4591 {
4592 #endif
4593 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4594 && local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1);
4595
4596 off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4597 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4598 }
4599 #endif
4600
4601 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use
4602 the least significant bit to record whether we have
4603 already generated the necessary reloc. */
4604 if ((off & 1) != 0)
4605 off &= ~1;
4606 else
4607 {
4608 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off);
4609
4610 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4611 {
4612 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4613 bfd_byte *loc;
4614
4615 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
4616 + sgot->output_offset
4617 + off);
4618 if (fdpic_p)
4619 {
4620 int dynindx
4621 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4622 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4623 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4624 outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4625 }
4626 else
4627 {
4628 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4629 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4630 }
4631 loc = srelgot->contents;
4632 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4633 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4634 }
4635 else if (fdpic_p
4636 && (sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx]
4637 == GOT_NORMAL))
4638 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4639 sgot->output_section->vma
4640 + sgot->output_offset
4641 + off);
4642
4643 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4644 if (rel->r_addend)
4645 local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] |= 1;
4646 else
4647 #endif
4648 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
4649 }
4650
4651 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4652 }
4653
4654 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4655 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4656 #endif
4657
4658 if (r_type == R_SH_GOT20)
4659 {
4660 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4661 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4662 rel->r_offset);
4663 break;
4664 }
4665 else
4666 goto final_link_relocate;
4667
4668 case R_SH_GOTOFF:
4669 case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
4670 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4671 case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
4672 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
4673 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
4674 case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
4675 #endif
4676 /* GOTOFF relocations are relative to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which
4677 we place at the start of the .got.plt section. This is the same
4678 as the start of the output .got section, unless there are function
4679 descriptors in front of it. */
4680 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4681 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4682 check_segment[0] = got_segment;
4683 relocation -= sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset
4684 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value;
4685
4686 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4687 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4688 #endif
4689
4690 addend = rel->r_addend;
4691
4692 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFF20)
4693 {
4694 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4695 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4696 rel->r_offset);
4697 break;
4698 }
4699 else
4700 goto final_link_relocate;
4701
4702 case R_SH_GOTPC:
4703 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4704 case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
4705 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
4706 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
4707 case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
4708 #endif
4709 /* Use global offset table as symbol value. */
4710
4711 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4712 relocation = sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset;
4713
4714 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4715 relocation += GOT_BIAS;
4716 #endif
4717
4718 addend = rel->r_addend;
4719
4720 goto final_link_relocate;
4721
4722 case R_SH_PLT32:
4723 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4724 case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
4725 case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
4726 case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
4727 case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
4728 #endif
4729 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4730 procedure linkage table. */
4731
4732 /* Resolve a PLT reloc against a local symbol directly,
4733 without using the procedure linkage table. */
4734 if (h == NULL)
4735 goto final_link_relocate;
4736
4737 /* We don't want to warn on calls to undefined weak symbols,
4738 as calls to them must be protected by non-NULL tests
4739 anyway, and unprotected calls would invoke undefined
4740 behavior. */
4741 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4742 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4743
4744 if (h->forced_local)
4745 goto final_link_relocate;
4746
4747 if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4748 {
4749 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
4750 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
4751 using -Bsymbolic. */
4752 goto final_link_relocate;
4753 }
4754
4755 BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
4756 check_segment[1] = plt_segment;
4757 relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
4758 + splt->output_offset
4759 + h->plt.offset);
4760
4761 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4762 relocation++;
4763 #endif
4764
4765 addend = rel->r_addend;
4766
4767 goto final_link_relocate;
4768
4769 /* Relocation is to the canonical function descriptor for this
4770 symbol, possibly via the GOT. Initialize the GOT
4771 entry and function descriptor if necessary. */
4772 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
4773 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
4774 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
4775 {
4776 int dynindx = -1;
4777 asection *reloc_section;
4778 bfd_vma reloc_offset;
4779 int reloc_type = R_SH_FUNCDESC;
4780
4781 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4782
4783 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4784
4785 /* FIXME: See what FRV does for global symbols in the
4786 executable, with --export-dynamic. Do they need ld.so
4787 to allocate official descriptors? See what this code
4788 does. */
4789
4790 relocation = 0;
4791 addend = 0;
4792
4793 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4794 {
4795 reloc_section = input_section;
4796 reloc_offset = rel->r_offset;
4797 }
4798 else
4799 {
4800 reloc_section = sgot;
4801
4802 if (h != NULL)
4803 reloc_offset = h->got.offset;
4804 else
4805 {
4806 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL);
4807 reloc_offset = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4808 }
4809 BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE);
4810
4811 if (reloc_offset & 1)
4812 {
4813 reloc_offset &= ~1;
4814 goto funcdesc_done_got;
4815 }
4816 }
4817
4818 if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4819 && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4820 || !htab->root.dynamic_sections_created))
4821 /* Undefined weak symbol which will not be dynamically
4822 resolved later; leave it at zero. */
4823 goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
4824 else if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4825 && ! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4826 {
4827 /* If the symbol needs a non-local function descriptor
4828 but binds locally (i.e., its visibility is
4829 protected), emit a dynamic relocation decayed to
4830 section+offset. This is an optimization; the dynamic
4831 linker would resolve our function descriptor request
4832 to our copy of the function anyway. */
4833 dynindx = elf_section_data (h->root.u.def.section
4834 ->output_section)->dynindx;
4835 relocation += h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
4836 + h->root.u.def.value;
4837 }
4838 else if (! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4839 {
4840 /* If the symbol is dynamic and there will be dynamic
4841 symbol resolution because we are or are linked with a
4842 shared library, emit a FUNCDESC relocation such that
4843 the dynamic linker will allocate the function
4844 descriptor. */
4845 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4846 dynindx = h->dynindx;
4847 }
4848 else
4849 {
4850 bfd_vma offset;
4851
4852 /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
4853 descriptor, so reference it directly. */
4854 reloc_type = R_SH_DIR32;
4855 dynindx = elf_section_data (htab->sfuncdesc
4856 ->output_section)->dynindx;
4857
4858 if (h)
4859 {
4860 offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
4861 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4862 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4863 {
4864 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
4865 offset, NULL, 0))
4866 return FALSE;
4867 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
4868 }
4869 }
4870 else
4871 {
4872 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
4873
4874 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
4875 offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
4876 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4877 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4878 {
4879 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
4880 offset, sec,
4881 sym->st_value))
4882 return FALSE;
4883 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
4884 }
4885 }
4886
4887 relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
4888 }
4889
4890 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4891 {
4892 bfd_vma offset;
4893
4894 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4895 reloc_section->output_section))
4896 {
4897 _bfd_error_handler
4898 /* xgettext:c-format */
4899 (_("%B(%A+%#Lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4900 input_bfd,
4901 input_section,
4902 rel->r_offset,
4903 symname);
4904 return FALSE;
4905 }
4906
4907 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4908 reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4909
4910 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4911 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4912 offset
4913 + reloc_section->output_section->vma
4914 + reloc_section->output_offset);
4915 }
4916 else if ((reloc_section->output_section->flags
4917 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
4918 {
4919 bfd_vma offset;
4920
4921 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4922 reloc_section->output_section))
4923 {
4924 info->callbacks->warning
4925 (info,
4926 _("cannot emit dynamic relocations in read-only section"),
4927 symname, input_bfd, reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4928 return FALSE;
4929 }
4930
4931 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4932 reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4933
4934 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4935 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, srelgot,
4936 offset
4937 + reloc_section->output_section->vma
4938 + reloc_section->output_offset,
4939 reloc_type, dynindx, relocation);
4940
4941 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4942 {
4943 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
4944 break;
4945 }
4946 else
4947 {
4948 relocation = 0;
4949 goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
4950 }
4951 }
4952
4953 if (SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4954 relocation += htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma;
4955 funcdesc_leave_zero:
4956 if (r_type != R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4957 {
4958 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
4959 reloc_section->contents + reloc_offset);
4960 if (h != NULL)
4961 h->got.offset |= 1;
4962 else
4963 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
4964
4965 funcdesc_done_got:
4966
4967 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + reloc_offset;
4968 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4969 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4970 #endif
4971 }
4972 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20)
4973 {
4974 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4975 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4976 rel->r_offset);
4977 break;
4978 }
4979 else
4980 goto final_link_relocate;
4981 }
4982 break;
4983
4984 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
4985 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
4986 /* FIXME: See R_SH_FUNCDESC comment about global symbols in the
4987 executable and --export-dynamic. If such symbols get
4988 ld.so-allocated descriptors we can not use R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
4989 for them. */
4990 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4991
4992 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4993 relocation = 0;
4994 addend = rel->r_addend;
4995
4996 if (h && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4997 || !SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)))
4998 {
4999 _bfd_error_handler
5000 /* xgettext:c-format */
5001 (_("%B(%A+%#Lx): %s relocation against external symbol \"%s\""),
5002 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, howto->name,
5003 h->root.root.string);
5004 return FALSE;
5005 }
5006 else
5007 {
5008 bfd_vma offset;
5009
5010 /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
5011 descriptor, so reference it directly. */
5012 if (h)
5013 {
5014 offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
5015 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
5016 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
5017 {
5018 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
5019 offset, NULL, 0))
5020 return FALSE;
5021 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
5022 }
5023 }
5024 else
5025 {
5026 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
5027
5028 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
5029 offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
5030 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
5031 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
5032 {
5033 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
5034 offset, sec,
5035 sym->st_value))
5036 return FALSE;
5037 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
5038 }
5039 }
5040
5041 relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
5042 }
5043
5044 relocation -= (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
5045 + sgotplt->output_offset);
5046 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
5047 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
5048 #endif
5049
5050 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20)
5051 {
5052 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
5053 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5054 rel->r_offset);
5055 break;
5056 }
5057 else
5058 goto final_link_relocate;
5059
5060 case R_SH_LOOP_START:
5061 {
5062 static bfd_vma start, end;
5063
5064 start = (relocation + rel->r_addend
5065 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
5066 r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5067 rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
5068 break;
5069
5070 case R_SH_LOOP_END:
5071 end = (relocation + rel->r_addend
5072 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
5073 r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5074 rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
5075 break;
5076 }
5077
5078 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5079 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5080 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5081 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5082 r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
5083 got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
5084 if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
5085 got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
5086 else if (h != NULL)
5087 {
5088 got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
5089 if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
5090 && (h->dynindx == -1
5091 || h->def_regular))
5092 r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5093 }
5094
5095 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 && got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
5096 r_type = R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
5097
5098 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_LE_32)
5099 {
5100 bfd_vma offset;
5101 unsigned short insn;
5102
5103 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
5104 {
5105 /* GD->LE transition:
5106 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5107 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5108 1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5109 We change it into:
5110 mov.l 1f,r4; stc gbr,r0; add r4,r0; nop;
5111 nop; nop; ...
5112 1: .long x@TPOFF; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:. */
5113
5114 offset = rel->r_offset;
5115 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5116 /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5117 offset -= 16;
5118 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5119 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5120 {
5121 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5122 offset -= 2;
5123 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5124 }
5125
5126 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5127 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5128 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5129 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5130 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5131 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5132 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5133 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5134 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5135 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5136 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5137
5138 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 2);
5139 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 4);
5140 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
5141 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5142 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5143 }
5144 else
5145 {
5146 int target;
5147
5148 /* IE->LE transition:
5149 mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,rN; mov.l @(r0,r12),rM;
5150 bra 2f; add ...; .align 2; 1: x@GOTTPOFF; 2:
5151 We change it into:
5152 mov.l .Ln,rM; stc gbr,rN; nop; ...;
5153 1: x@TPOFF; 2:. */
5154
5155 offset = rel->r_offset;
5156 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5157 /* Size of IE instructions is 10 or 12. */
5158 offset -= 10;
5159 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5160 if ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012)
5161 {
5162 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5163 offset -= 2;
5164 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5165 }
5166
5167 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd000);
5168 target = insn & 0x00ff;
5169 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5170 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012);
5171 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5172 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x00ce);
5173 insn = 0xd000 | (insn & 0x0f00) | target;
5174 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn, contents + offset + 0);
5175 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
5176 }
5177
5178 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
5179 contents + rel->r_offset);
5180 continue;
5181 }
5182
5183 if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
5184 abort ();
5185
5186 if (h != NULL)
5187 off = h->got.offset;
5188 else
5189 {
5190 if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
5191 abort ();
5192
5193 off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
5194 }
5195
5196 /* Relocate R_SH_TLS_IE_32 directly when statically linking. */
5197 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
5198 && ! htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
5199 {
5200 off &= ~1;
5201 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
5202 sgot->contents + off);
5203 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
5204 contents + rel->r_offset);
5205 continue;
5206 }
5207
5208 if ((off & 1) != 0)
5209 off &= ~1;
5210 else
5211 {
5212 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5213 bfd_byte *loc;
5214 int dr_type, indx;
5215
5216 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
5217 + sgot->output_offset + off);
5218
5219 if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
5220 indx = 0;
5221 else
5222 indx = h->dynindx;
5223
5224 dr_type = (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 ? R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 :
5225 R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
5226 if (dr_type == R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0)
5227 outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
5228 else
5229 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5230 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type);
5231 loc = srelgot->contents;
5232 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5233 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5234
5235 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
5236 {
5237 if (indx == 0)
5238 {
5239 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
5240 relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
5241 sgot->contents + off + 4);
5242 }
5243 else
5244 {
5245 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx,
5246 R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32);
5247 outrel.r_offset += 4;
5248 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5249 srelgot->reloc_count++;
5250 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5251 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5252 }
5253 }
5254
5255 if (h != NULL)
5256 h->got.offset |= 1;
5257 else
5258 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
5259 }
5260
5261 if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
5262 abort ();
5263
5264 if (r_type == (int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5265 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
5266 else
5267 {
5268 bfd_vma offset;
5269 unsigned short insn;
5270
5271 /* GD->IE transition:
5272 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5273 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5274 1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5275 We change it into:
5276 mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,r4; mov.l @(r0,r12),r0; add r4,r0;
5277 nop; nop; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5278 1: .long x@TPOFF; 2:...; 3:. */
5279
5280 offset = rel->r_offset;
5281 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5282 /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5283 offset -= 16;
5284 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5285 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5286 {
5287 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5288 offset -= 2;
5289 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5290 }
5291
5292 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5293
5294 /* Replace mov.l 1f,R4 with mov.l 1f,r0. */
5295 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn & 0xf0ff, contents + offset);
5296
5297 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5298 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5299 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5300 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5301 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5302 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5303 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5304 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5305 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5306 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5307
5308 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0412, contents + offset + 2);
5309 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x00ce, contents + offset + 4);
5310 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 6);
5311 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5312 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5313
5314 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
5315 contents + rel->r_offset);
5316
5317 continue;
5318 }
5319
5320 addend = rel->r_addend;
5321
5322 goto final_link_relocate;
5323
5324 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5325 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5326 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5327 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
5328 {
5329 bfd_vma offset;
5330 unsigned short insn;
5331
5332 /* LD->LE transition:
5333 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5334 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5335 1: .long x$TLSLD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5336 We change it into:
5337 stc gbr,r0; nop; nop; nop;
5338 nop; nop; bra 3f; ...; 3:. */
5339
5340 offset = rel->r_offset;
5341 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5342 /* Size of LD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5343 offset -= 16;
5344 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5345 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5346 {
5347 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5348 offset -= 2;
5349 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5350 }
5351
5352 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5353 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5354 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5355 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5356 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5357 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5358 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5359 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5360 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5361 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5362 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5363
5364 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 0);
5365 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 2);
5366 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
5367 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
5368 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5369 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5370
5371 continue;
5372 }
5373
5374 if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
5375 abort ();
5376
5377 off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
5378 if (off & 1)
5379 off &= ~1;
5380 else
5381 {
5382 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5383 bfd_byte *loc;
5384
5385 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
5386 + sgot->output_offset + off);
5387 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5388 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32);
5389 loc = srelgot->contents;
5390 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5391 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5392 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
5393 }
5394
5395 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
5396 addend = rel->r_addend;
5397
5398 goto final_link_relocate;
5399
5400 case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
5401 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5402 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
5403 relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
5404 else
5405 relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
5406
5407 addend = rel->r_addend;
5408 goto final_link_relocate;
5409
5410 case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
5411 {
5412 int indx;
5413 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5414 bfd_byte *loc;
5415
5416 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5417
5418 if (!bfd_link_dll (info))
5419 {
5420 relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
5421 addend = rel->r_addend;
5422 goto final_link_relocate;
5423 }
5424
5425 if (sreloc == NULL)
5426 {
5427 sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
5428 (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
5429 if (sreloc == NULL)
5430 return FALSE;
5431 }
5432
5433 if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
5434 indx = 0;
5435 else
5436 indx = h->dynindx;
5437
5438 outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
5439 + input_section->output_offset
5440 + rel->r_offset);
5441 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
5442 if (indx == 0)
5443 outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
5444 else
5445 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5446
5447 loc = sreloc->contents;
5448 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5449 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5450 continue;
5451 }
5452 }
5453
5454 relocation_done:
5455 if (fdpic_p && check_segment[0] != (unsigned) -1
5456 && check_segment[0] != check_segment[1])
5457 {
5458 /* We don't want duplicate errors for undefined symbols. */
5459 if (!h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5460 {
5461 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5462 {
5463 info->callbacks->einfo
5464 /* xgettext:c-format */
5465 (_("%X%C: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5466 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5467 return FALSE;
5468 }
5469 else
5470 info->callbacks->einfo
5471 /* xgettext:c-format */
5472 (_("%C: warning: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5473 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5474 }
5475
5476 elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags |= EF_SH_PIC;
5477 }
5478
5479 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
5480 {
5481 switch (r)
5482 {
5483 default:
5484 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
5485 abort ();
5486 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
5487 {
5488 const char *name;
5489
5490 if (h != NULL)
5491 name = NULL;
5492 else
5493 {
5494 name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
5495 (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
5496 if (name == NULL)
5497 return FALSE;
5498 if (*name == '\0')
5499 name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
5500 }
5501 (*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
5502 (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
5503 (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
5504 }
5505 break;
5506 }
5507 }
5508 }
5509
5510 return TRUE;
5511 }
5512
5513 /* This is a version of bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
5514 which uses sh_elf_relocate_section. */
5515
5516 static bfd_byte *
5517 sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (bfd *output_bfd,
5518 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
5519 struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
5520 bfd_byte *data,
5521 bfd_boolean relocatable,
5522 asymbol **symbols)
5523 {
5524 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5525 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
5526 bfd *input_bfd = input_section->owner;
5527 asection **sections = NULL;
5528 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
5529 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
5530
5531 /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a
5532 particular set of section contents, specially. */
5533 if (relocatable
5534 || elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL)
5535 return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
5536 link_order, data,
5537 relocatable,
5538 symbols);
5539
5540 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
5541
5542 memcpy (data, elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents,
5543 (size_t) input_section->size);
5544
5545 if ((input_section->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
5546 && input_section->reloc_count > 0)
5547 {
5548 asection **secpp;
5549 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, *isymend;
5550 bfd_size_type amt;
5551
5552 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
5553 (input_bfd, input_section, NULL,
5554 (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, FALSE));
5555 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
5556 goto error_return;
5557
5558 if (symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
5559 {
5560 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
5561 if (isymbuf == NULL)
5562 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
5563 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
5564 NULL, NULL, NULL);
5565 if (isymbuf == NULL)
5566 goto error_return;
5567 }
5568
5569 amt = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5570 amt *= sizeof (asection *);
5571 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt);
5572 if (sections == NULL && amt != 0)
5573 goto error_return;
5574
5575 isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5576 for (isym = isymbuf, secpp = sections; isym < isymend; ++isym, ++secpp)
5577 {
5578 asection *isec;
5579
5580 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
5581 isec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
5582 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
5583 isec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5584 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
5585 isec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
5586 else
5587 isec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx);
5588
5589 *secpp = isec;
5590 }
5591
5592 if (! sh_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, link_info, input_bfd,
5593 input_section, data, internal_relocs,
5594 isymbuf, sections))
5595 goto error_return;
5596
5597 if (sections != NULL)
5598 free (sections);
5599 if (isymbuf != NULL
5600 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5601 free (isymbuf);
5602 if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5603 free (internal_relocs);
5604 }
5605
5606 return data;
5607
5608 error_return:
5609 if (sections != NULL)
5610 free (sections);
5611 if (isymbuf != NULL
5612 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5613 free (isymbuf);
5614 if (internal_relocs != NULL
5615 && elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5616 free (internal_relocs);
5617 return NULL;
5618 }
5619
5620 /* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
5621 when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
5622 This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr. */
5623
5624 static bfd_vma
5625 dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
5626 {
5627 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
5628 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5629 return 0;
5630 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
5631 }
5632
5633 /* Return the relocation value for R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32.. */
5634
5635 static bfd_vma
5636 tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
5637 {
5638 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
5639 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5640 return 0;
5641 /* SH TLS ABI is variant I and static TLS block start just after tcbhead
5642 structure which has 2 pointer fields. */
5643 return (address - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma
5644 + align_power ((bfd_vma) 8,
5645 elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->alignment_power));
5646 }
5647
5648 static asection *
5649 sh_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
5650 struct bfd_link_info *info,
5651 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
5652 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
5653 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
5654 {
5655 if (h != NULL)
5656 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5657 {
5658 case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5659 case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
5660 return NULL;
5661 }
5662
5663 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
5664 }
5665
5666 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
5667
5668 static void
5669 sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5670 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
5671 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
5672 {
5673 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
5674
5675 edir = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) dir;
5676 eind = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) ind;
5677
5678 if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5679 {
5680 if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5681 {
5682 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
5683 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
5684
5685 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
5686 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
5687 for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5688 {
5689 struct elf_dyn_relocs *q;
5690
5691 for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
5692 if (q->sec == p->sec)
5693 {
5694 q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
5695 q->count += p->count;
5696 *pp = p->next;
5697 break;
5698 }
5699 if (q == NULL)
5700 pp = &p->next;
5701 }
5702 *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
5703 }
5704
5705 edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
5706 eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5707 }
5708 edir->gotplt_refcount = eind->gotplt_refcount;
5709 eind->gotplt_refcount = 0;
5710 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5711 edir->datalabel_got.refcount += eind->datalabel_got.refcount;
5712 eind->datalabel_got.refcount = 0;
5713 #endif
5714 edir->funcdesc.refcount += eind->funcdesc.refcount;
5715 eind->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
5716 edir->abs_funcdesc_refcount += eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount;
5717 eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
5718
5719 if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5720 && dir->got.refcount <= 0)
5721 {
5722 edir->got_type = eind->got_type;
5723 eind->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
5724 }
5725
5726 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
5727 && dir->dynamic_adjusted)
5728 {
5729 /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
5730 of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
5731 We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS. */
5732 if (dir->versioned != versioned_hidden)
5733 dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
5734 dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
5735 dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
5736 dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
5737 }
5738 else
5739 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
5740 }
5741
5742 static int
5743 sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type,
5744 int is_local)
5745 {
5746 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5747 return r_type;
5748
5749 switch (r_type)
5750 {
5751 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5752 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5753 if (is_local)
5754 return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5755 return R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
5756 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5757 return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5758 }
5759
5760 return r_type;
5761 }
5762
5763 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase.
5764 Since we don't do .gots or .plts, we just need to consider the
5765 virtual table relocs for gc. */
5766
5767 static bfd_boolean
5768 sh_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sec,
5769 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
5770 {
5771 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5772 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
5773 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
5774 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
5775 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
5776 asection *sreloc;
5777 unsigned int r_type;
5778 enum got_type got_type, old_got_type;
5779
5780 sreloc = NULL;
5781
5782 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
5783 return TRUE;
5784
5785 /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections.
5786 In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT
5787 and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT
5788 or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS
5789 relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared
5790 libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate. */
5791 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
5792 return TRUE;
5793
5794 BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (abfd));
5795
5796 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
5797 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
5798
5799 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
5800 if (htab == NULL)
5801 return FALSE;
5802
5803 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
5804 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
5805 {
5806 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
5807 unsigned long r_symndx;
5808 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5809 int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
5810 #endif
5811
5812 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
5813 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
5814
5815 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
5816 h = NULL;
5817 else
5818 {
5819 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
5820 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5821 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5822 {
5823 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5824 seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
5825 #endif
5826 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
5827 }
5828 }
5829
5830 r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
5831 if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
5832 && r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
5833 && h != NULL
5834 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined
5835 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5836 && (h->dynindx == -1
5837 || h->def_regular))
5838 r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5839
5840 if (htab->fdpic_p)
5841 switch (r_type)
5842 {
5843 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5844 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5845 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
5846 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5847 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5848 if (h != NULL)
5849 {
5850 if (h->dynindx == -1)
5851 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
5852 {
5853 case STV_INTERNAL:
5854 case STV_HIDDEN:
5855 break;
5856 default:
5857 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
5858 break;
5859 }
5860 }
5861 break;
5862 }
5863
5864 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
5865 if (htab->root.sgot == NULL)
5866 {
5867 switch (r_type)
5868 {
5869 case R_SH_DIR32:
5870 /* This may require an rofixup. */
5871 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
5872 break;
5873 /* Fall through. */
5874 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
5875 case R_SH_GOT32:
5876 case R_SH_GOT20:
5877 case R_SH_GOTOFF:
5878 case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
5879 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
5880 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5881 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5882 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5883 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5884 case R_SH_GOTPC:
5885 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5886 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
5887 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
5888 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
5889 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
5890 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
5891 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
5892 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
5893 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
5894 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
5895 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
5896 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
5897 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
5898 case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
5899 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
5900 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
5901 case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
5902 case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
5903 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
5904 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
5905 case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
5906 #endif
5907 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5908 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5909 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5910 if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
5911 htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
5912 if (!create_got_section (htab->root.dynobj, info))
5913 return FALSE;
5914 break;
5915
5916 default:
5917 break;
5918 }
5919 }
5920
5921 switch (r_type)
5922 {
5923 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
5924 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
5925 case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5926 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
5927 return FALSE;
5928 break;
5929
5930 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
5931 used. Record for later use during GC. */
5932 case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
5933 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
5934 if (h != NULL
5935 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
5936 return FALSE;
5937 break;
5938
5939 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5940 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5941 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
5942
5943 /* FALLTHROUGH */
5944 force_got:
5945 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5946 case R_SH_GOT32:
5947 case R_SH_GOT20:
5948 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5949 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
5950 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
5951 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
5952 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
5953 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
5954 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
5955 #endif
5956 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5957 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5958 switch (r_type)
5959 {
5960 default:
5961 got_type = GOT_NORMAL;
5962 break;
5963 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5964 got_type = GOT_TLS_GD;
5965 break;
5966 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5967 got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
5968 break;
5969 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5970 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5971 got_type = GOT_FUNCDESC;
5972 break;
5973 }
5974
5975 if (h != NULL)
5976 {
5977 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5978 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
5979 {
5980 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh
5981 = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5982
5983 eh->datalabel_got.refcount += 1;
5984 }
5985 else
5986 #endif
5987 h->got.refcount += 1;
5988 old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
5989 }
5990 else
5991 {
5992 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
5993
5994 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local
5995 symbol. */
5996 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
5997 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
5998 {
5999 bfd_size_type size;
6000
6001 size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6002 size *= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma);
6003 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6004 /* Reserve space for both the datalabel and
6005 codelabel local GOT offsets. */
6006 size *= 2;
6007 #endif
6008 size += symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6009 local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *)
6010 bfd_zalloc (abfd, size));
6011 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
6012 return FALSE;
6013 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
6014 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6015 /* Take care of both the datalabel and codelabel local
6016 GOT offsets. */
6017 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
6018 = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + 2 * symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6019 #else
6020 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
6021 = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6022 #endif
6023 }
6024 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6025 if (rel->r_addend & 1)
6026 local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] += 1;
6027 else
6028 #endif
6029 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
6030 old_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
6031 }
6032
6033 /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once,
6034 there is no point to use dynamic model for it. */
6035 if (old_got_type != got_type && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN
6036 && (old_got_type != GOT_TLS_GD || got_type != GOT_TLS_IE))
6037 {
6038 if (old_got_type == GOT_TLS_IE && got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
6039 got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
6040 else
6041 {
6042 if ((old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
6043 && (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_NORMAL))
6044 _bfd_error_handler
6045 /* xgettext:c-format */
6046 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
6047 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6048 else if (old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC
6049 || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
6050 _bfd_error_handler
6051 /* xgettext:c-format */
6052 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
6053 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6054 else
6055 _bfd_error_handler
6056 /* xgettext:c-format */
6057 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and thread local symbol"),
6058 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6059 return FALSE;
6060 }
6061 }
6062
6063 if (old_got_type != got_type)
6064 {
6065 if (h != NULL)
6066 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type = got_type;
6067 else
6068 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = got_type;
6069 }
6070
6071 break;
6072
6073 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6074 sh_elf_hash_table(info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
6075 break;
6076
6077 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6078 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6079 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6080 if (rel->r_addend)
6081 {
6082 _bfd_error_handler
6083 (_("%B: Function descriptor relocation with non-zero addend"),
6084 abfd);
6085 return FALSE;
6086 }
6087
6088 if (h == NULL)
6089 {
6090 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
6091
6092 /* We need a function descriptor for a local symbol. */
6093 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
6094 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
6095 {
6096 bfd_size_type size;
6097
6098 size = symtab_hdr->sh_info * sizeof (union gotref);
6099 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6100 /* Count datalabel local GOT. */
6101 size *= 2;
6102 #endif
6103 local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
6104 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
6105 return FALSE;
6106 sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd) = local_funcdesc;
6107 }
6108 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount += 1;
6109
6110 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
6111 {
6112 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
6113 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
6114 else
6115 htab->root.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6116 }
6117 }
6118 else
6119 {
6120 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount++;
6121 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
6122 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount++;
6123
6124 /* If there is a function descriptor reference, then
6125 there should not be any non-FDPIC references. */
6126 old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
6127 if (old_got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN)
6128 {
6129 if (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL)
6130 _bfd_error_handler
6131 /* xgettext:c-format */
6132 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
6133 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6134 else
6135 _bfd_error_handler
6136 /* xgettext:c-format */
6137 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
6138 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6139 }
6140 }
6141 break;
6142
6143 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
6144 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6145 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
6146 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
6147 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
6148 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
6149 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
6150 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
6151 #endif
6152 /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
6153 creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
6154
6155 if (h == NULL
6156 || h->forced_local
6157 || ! bfd_link_pic (info)
6158 || info->symbolic
6159 || h->dynindx == -1)
6160 goto force_got;
6161
6162 h->needs_plt = 1;
6163 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6164 ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_refcount += 1;
6165
6166 break;
6167
6168 case R_SH_PLT32:
6169 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6170 case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
6171 case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
6172 case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
6173 case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
6174 #endif
6175 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. We
6176 actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
6177 because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
6178 never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
6179 don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
6180 after all. */
6181
6182 /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
6183 creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
6184 if (h == NULL)
6185 continue;
6186
6187 if (h->forced_local)
6188 break;
6189
6190 h->needs_plt = 1;
6191 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6192 break;
6193
6194 case R_SH_DIR32:
6195 case R_SH_REL32:
6196 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6197 case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
6198 case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
6199 case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
6200 case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
6201 #endif
6202 if (h != NULL && ! bfd_link_pic (info))
6203 {
6204 h->non_got_ref = 1;
6205 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6206 }
6207
6208 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
6209 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
6210 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
6211 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
6212 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
6213 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
6214 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
6215 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
6216 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
6217 later (it is never cleared). We account for that
6218 possibility below by storing information in the
6219 dyn_relocs field of the hash table entry. A similar
6220 situation occurs when creating shared libraries and symbol
6221 visibility changes render the symbol local.
6222
6223 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
6224 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
6225 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
6226 symbol. */
6227 if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
6228 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6229 && (r_type != R_SH_REL32
6230 || (h != NULL
6231 && (! info->symbolic
6232 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6233 || !h->def_regular))))
6234 || (! bfd_link_pic (info)
6235 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6236 && h != NULL
6237 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6238 || !h->def_regular)))
6239 {
6240 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
6241 struct elf_dyn_relocs **head;
6242
6243 if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
6244 htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
6245
6246 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
6247 reloc types into the output file. We create a reloc
6248 section in dynobj and make room for this reloc. */
6249 if (sreloc == NULL)
6250 {
6251 sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
6252 (sec, htab->root.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
6253
6254 if (sreloc == NULL)
6255 return FALSE;
6256 }
6257
6258 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
6259 relocations we need for this symbol. */
6260 if (h != NULL)
6261 head = &((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs;
6262 else
6263 {
6264 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too. */
6265 asection *s;
6266 void *vpp;
6267 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
6268
6269 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
6270 abfd, r_symndx);
6271 if (isym == NULL)
6272 return FALSE;
6273
6274 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
6275 if (s == NULL)
6276 s = sec;
6277
6278 vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
6279 head = (struct elf_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
6280 }
6281
6282 p = *head;
6283 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
6284 {
6285 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*p);
6286 p = bfd_alloc (htab->root.dynobj, amt);
6287 if (p == NULL)
6288 return FALSE;
6289 p->next = *head;
6290 *head = p;
6291 p->sec = sec;
6292 p->count = 0;
6293 p->pc_count = 0;
6294 }
6295
6296 p->count += 1;
6297 if (r_type == R_SH_REL32
6298 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6299 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
6300 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
6301 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
6302 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL
6303 #endif
6304 )
6305 p->pc_count += 1;
6306 }
6307
6308 /* Allocate the fixup regardless of whether we need a relocation.
6309 If we end up generating the relocation, we'll unallocate the
6310 fixup. */
6311 if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
6312 && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
6313 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6314 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
6315 break;
6316
6317 case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
6318 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
6319 {
6320 _bfd_error_handler
6321 (_("%B: TLS local exec code cannot be linked into shared objects"),
6322 abfd);
6323 return FALSE;
6324 }
6325
6326 break;
6327
6328 case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
6329 /* Nothing to do. */
6330 break;
6331
6332 default:
6333 break;
6334 }
6335 }
6336
6337 return TRUE;
6338 }
6339
6340 #ifndef sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags
6341 static unsigned int sh_ef_bfd_table[] = { EF_SH_BFD_TABLE };
6342
6343 static bfd_boolean
6344 sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *abfd)
6345 {
6346 flagword flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
6347
6348 if (flags >= ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table))
6349 return FALSE;
6350
6351 if (sh_ef_bfd_table[flags] == 0)
6352 return FALSE;
6353
6354 bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sh, sh_ef_bfd_table[flags]);
6355
6356 return TRUE;
6357 }
6358
6359
6360 /* Reverse table lookup for sh_ef_bfd_table[].
6361 Given a bfd MACH value from archures.c
6362 return the equivalent ELF flags from the table.
6363 Return -1 if no match is found. */
6364
6365 int
6366 sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (unsigned long mach)
6367 {
6368 int i = ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table) - 1;
6369
6370 for (; i>0; i--)
6371 if (sh_ef_bfd_table[i] == mach)
6372 return i;
6373
6374 /* shouldn't get here */
6375 BFD_FAIL();
6376
6377 return -1;
6378 }
6379 #endif /* not sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags */
6380
6381 #ifndef sh_elf_copy_private_data
6382 /* Copy backend specific data from one object module to another */
6383
6384 static bfd_boolean
6385 sh_elf_copy_private_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd)
6386 {
6387 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
6388 return TRUE;
6389
6390 if (! _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
6391 return FALSE;
6392
6393 return sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
6394 }
6395 #endif /* not sh_elf_copy_private_data */
6396
6397 #ifndef sh_elf_merge_private_data
6398
6399 /* This function returns the ELF architecture number that
6400 corresponds to the given arch_sh* flags. */
6401
6402 int
6403 sh_find_elf_flags (unsigned int arch_set)
6404 {
6405 extern unsigned long sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (unsigned int);
6406 unsigned long bfd_mach = sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (arch_set);
6407
6408 return sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_mach);
6409 }
6410
6411 /* Merge the architecture type of two BFD files, such that the
6412 resultant architecture supports all the features required
6413 by the two input BFDs.
6414 If the input BFDs are multually incompatible - i.e. one uses
6415 DSP while the other uses FPU - or there is no known architecture
6416 that fits the requirements then an error is emitted. */
6417
6418 static bfd_boolean
6419 sh_merge_bfd_arch (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
6420 {
6421 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
6422 unsigned int old_arch, new_arch, merged_arch;
6423
6424 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info))
6425 return FALSE;
6426
6427 old_arch = sh_get_arch_up_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
6428 new_arch = sh_get_arch_up_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (ibfd));
6429
6430 merged_arch = SH_MERGE_ARCH_SET (old_arch, new_arch);
6431
6432 if (!SH_VALID_CO_ARCH_SET (merged_arch))
6433 {
6434 _bfd_error_handler
6435 /* xgettext:c-format */
6436 (_("%B: uses %s instructions while previous modules "
6437 "use %s instructions"),
6438 ibfd,
6439 SH_ARCH_SET_HAS_DSP (new_arch) ? "dsp" : "floating point",
6440 SH_ARCH_SET_HAS_DSP (new_arch) ? "floating point" : "dsp");
6441 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6442 return FALSE;
6443 }
6444 else if (!SH_VALID_ARCH_SET (merged_arch))
6445 {
6446 _bfd_error_handler
6447 /* xgettext:c-format */
6448 (_("internal error: merge of architecture '%s' with "
6449 "architecture '%s' produced unknown architecture"),
6450 bfd_printable_name (obfd),
6451 bfd_printable_name (ibfd));
6452 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6453 return FALSE;
6454 }
6455
6456 bfd_default_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_arch_sh,
6457 sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (merged_arch));
6458
6459 return TRUE;
6460 }
6461
6462 /* This routine initialises the elf flags when required and
6463 calls sh_merge_bfd_arch() to check dsp/fpu compatibility. */
6464
6465 static bfd_boolean
6466 sh_elf_merge_private_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
6467 {
6468 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
6469
6470 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
6471 return TRUE;
6472
6473 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
6474 {
6475 /* This happens when ld starts out with a 'blank' output file. */
6476 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
6477 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
6478 sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
6479 if (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
6480 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_PIC;
6481 }
6482
6483 if (! sh_merge_bfd_arch (ibfd, info))
6484 {
6485 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: uses instructions which are incompatible "
6486 "with instructions used in previous modules"),
6487 ibfd);
6488 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6489 return FALSE;
6490 }
6491
6492 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
6493 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |=
6494 sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
6495
6496 if (fdpic_object_p (ibfd) != fdpic_object_p (obfd))
6497 {
6498 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: attempt to mix FDPIC and non-FDPIC objects"),
6499 ibfd);
6500 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6501 return FALSE;
6502 }
6503
6504 return TRUE;
6505 }
6506 #endif /* not sh_elf_merge_private_data */
6507
6508 /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
6509 as the specific tdata. We set also the machine architecture from flags
6510 here. */
6511
6512 static bfd_boolean
6513 sh_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
6514 {
6515 if (! sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd))
6516 return FALSE;
6517
6518 return (((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC) != 0)
6519 == fdpic_object_p (abfd));
6520 }
6521
6522 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
6523 dynamic sections here. */
6524
6525 static bfd_boolean
6526 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
6527 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6528 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
6529 {
6530 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
6531
6532 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6533 if (htab == NULL)
6534 return FALSE;
6535
6536 if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
6537 {
6538 asection *splt;
6539 asection *sgotplt;
6540 asection *srelplt;
6541
6542 bfd_vma plt_index;
6543 bfd_vma got_offset;
6544 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6545 bfd_byte *loc;
6546 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
6547
6548 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. Set
6549 it up. */
6550
6551 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
6552
6553 splt = htab->root.splt;
6554 sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
6555 srelplt = htab->root.srelplt;
6556 BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgotplt != NULL && srelplt != NULL);
6557
6558 /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
6559 corresponds to this symbol. This is the index of this symbol
6560 in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries. The
6561 first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved. */
6562 plt_index = get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset);
6563
6564 plt_info = htab->plt_info;
6565 if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL && plt_index <= MAX_SHORT_PLT)
6566 plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
6567
6568 /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
6569 corresponds to this function. */
6570 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6571 /* The offset must be relative to the GOT symbol, twelve bytes
6572 before the end of .got.plt. Each descriptor is eight
6573 bytes. */
6574 got_offset = plt_index * 8 + 12 - sgotplt->size;
6575 else
6576 /* Each .got entry is 4 bytes. The first three are
6577 reserved. */
6578 got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
6579
6580 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6581 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
6582 got_offset -= GOT_BIAS;
6583 #endif
6584
6585 /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table. */
6586 memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
6587 plt_info->symbol_entry,
6588 plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6589
6590 if (bfd_link_pic (info) || htab->fdpic_p)
6591 {
6592 if (plt_info->symbol_fields.got20)
6593 {
6594 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
6595 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, got_offset,
6596 splt->owner, splt, splt->contents,
6597 h->plt.offset
6598 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
6599 BFD_ASSERT (r == bfd_reloc_ok);
6600 }
6601 else
6602 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE, got_offset,
6603 (splt->contents
6604 + h->plt.offset
6605 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6606 }
6607 else
6608 {
6609 BFD_ASSERT (!plt_info->symbol_fields.got20);
6610
6611 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
6612 (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6613 + sgotplt->output_offset
6614 + got_offset),
6615 (splt->contents
6616 + h->plt.offset
6617 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6618 if (htab->vxworks_p)
6619 {
6620 unsigned int reachable_plts, plts_per_4k;
6621 int distance;
6622
6623 /* Divide the PLT into groups. The first group contains
6624 REACHABLE_PLTS entries and the other groups contain
6625 PLTS_PER_4K entries. Entries in the first group can
6626 branch directly to .plt; those in later groups branch
6627 to the last element of the previous group. */
6628 /* ??? It would be better to create multiple copies of
6629 the common resolver stub. */
6630 reachable_plts = ((4096
6631 - plt_info->plt0_entry_size
6632 - (plt_info->symbol_fields.plt + 4))
6633 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size) + 1;
6634 plts_per_4k = (4096 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6635 if (plt_index < reachable_plts)
6636 distance = -(h->plt.offset
6637 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt);
6638 else
6639 distance = -(((plt_index - reachable_plts) % plts_per_4k + 1)
6640 * plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6641
6642 /* Install the 'bra' with this offset. */
6643 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
6644 0xa000 | (0x0fff & ((distance - 4) / 2)),
6645 (splt->contents
6646 + h->plt.offset
6647 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6648 }
6649 else
6650 install_plt_field (output_bfd, TRUE,
6651 splt->output_section->vma + splt->output_offset,
6652 (splt->contents
6653 + h->plt.offset
6654 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6655 }
6656
6657 /* Make got_offset relative to the start of .got.plt. */
6658 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6659 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
6660 got_offset += GOT_BIAS;
6661 #endif
6662 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6663 got_offset = plt_index * 8;
6664
6665 if (plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE)
6666 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
6667 plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
6668 (splt->contents
6669 + h->plt.offset
6670 + plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset));
6671
6672 /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table. */
6673 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6674 (splt->output_section->vma
6675 + splt->output_offset
6676 + h->plt.offset
6677 + plt_info->symbol_resolve_offset),
6678 sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
6679 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6680 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6681 sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, splt->output_section),
6682 sgotplt->contents + got_offset + 4);
6683
6684 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
6685 rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6686 + sgotplt->output_offset
6687 + got_offset);
6688 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6689 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE);
6690 else
6691 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_JMP_SLOT);
6692 rel.r_addend = 0;
6693 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6694 rel.r_addend = GOT_BIAS;
6695 #endif
6696 loc = srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6697 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6698
6699 if (htab->vxworks_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
6700 {
6701 /* Create the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations for this PLT entry.
6702 Begin by pointing LOC to the first such relocation. */
6703 loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
6704 + (plt_index * 2 + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
6705
6706 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation
6707 for the PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt entry. */
6708 rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
6709 + splt->output_offset
6710 + h->plt.offset
6711 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
6712 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
6713 rel.r_addend = got_offset;
6714 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6715 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6716
6717 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for
6718 the .got.plt entry, which initially points to .plt. */
6719 rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6720 + sgotplt->output_offset
6721 + got_offset);
6722 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
6723 rel.r_addend = 0;
6724 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6725 }
6726
6727 if (!h->def_regular)
6728 {
6729 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
6730 the .plt section. Leave the value alone. */
6731 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6732 }
6733 }
6734
6735 if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
6736 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_GD
6737 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_IE
6738 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC)
6739 {
6740 asection *sgot;
6741 asection *srelgot;
6742 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6743 bfd_byte *loc;
6744
6745 /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table. Set it
6746 up. */
6747
6748 sgot = htab->root.sgot;
6749 srelgot = htab->root.srelgot;
6750 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
6751
6752 rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
6753 + sgot->output_offset
6754 + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
6755
6756 /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
6757 symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
6758 of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
6759 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
6760 initialized in the relocate_section function. */
6761 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
6762 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
6763 {
6764 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6765 {
6766 asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
6767 int dynindx
6768 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
6769
6770 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
6771 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
6772 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6773 }
6774 else
6775 {
6776 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
6777 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
6778 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
6779 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6780 }
6781 }
6782 else
6783 {
6784 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
6785 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
6786 rel.r_addend = 0;
6787 }
6788
6789 loc = srelgot->contents;
6790 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6791 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6792 }
6793
6794 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6795 {
6796 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
6797
6798 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
6799 if (eh->datalabel_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
6800 {
6801 asection *sgot;
6802 asection *srelgot;
6803 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6804 bfd_byte *loc;
6805
6806 /* This symbol has a datalabel entry in the global offset table.
6807 Set it up. */
6808
6809 sgot = htab->root.sgot;
6810 srelgot = htab->root.srelgot;
6811 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
6812
6813 rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
6814 + sgot->output_offset
6815 + (eh->datalabel_got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
6816
6817 /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
6818 symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
6819 of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
6820 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
6821 initialized in the relocate_section function. */
6822 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
6823 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
6824 {
6825 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6826 {
6827 asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
6828 int dynindx
6829 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
6830
6831 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
6832 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
6833 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6834 }
6835 else
6836 {
6837 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
6838 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
6839 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
6840 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6841 }
6842 }
6843 else
6844 {
6845 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents
6846 + eh->datalabel_got.offset);
6847 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
6848 rel.r_addend = 0;
6849 }
6850
6851 loc = srelgot->contents;
6852 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6853 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6854 }
6855 }
6856 #endif
6857
6858 if (h->needs_copy)
6859 {
6860 asection *s;
6861 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6862 bfd_byte *loc;
6863
6864 /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
6865
6866 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
6867 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6868 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
6869
6870 s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".rela.bss");
6871 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6872
6873 rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
6874 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
6875 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6876 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_COPY);
6877 rel.r_addend = 0;
6878 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6879 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6880 }
6881
6882 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. On VxWorks,
6883 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is not absolute: it is relative to the
6884 ".got" section. */
6885 if (h == htab->root.hdynamic
6886 || (!htab->vxworks_p && h == htab->root.hgot))
6887 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
6888
6889 return TRUE;
6890 }
6891
6892 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
6893
6894 static bfd_boolean
6895 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
6896 {
6897 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
6898 asection *sgotplt;
6899 asection *sdyn;
6900
6901 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6902 if (htab == NULL)
6903 return FALSE;
6904
6905 sgotplt = htab->root.sgotplt;
6906 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".dynamic");
6907
6908 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
6909 {
6910 asection *splt;
6911 Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
6912
6913 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
6914
6915 dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
6916 dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
6917 for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
6918 {
6919 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
6920 asection *s;
6921 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6922 const char *name;
6923 #endif
6924
6925 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (htab->root.dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
6926
6927 switch (dyn.d_tag)
6928 {
6929 default:
6930 if (htab->vxworks_p
6931 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
6932 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
6933 break;
6934
6935 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6936 case DT_INIT:
6937 name = info->init_function;
6938 goto get_sym;
6939
6940 case DT_FINI:
6941 name = info->fini_function;
6942 get_sym:
6943 if (dyn.d_un.d_val != 0)
6944 {
6945 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6946
6947 h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->root, name,
6948 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
6949 if (h != NULL && (h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32))
6950 {
6951 dyn.d_un.d_val |= 1;
6952 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
6953 }
6954 }
6955 break;
6956 #endif
6957
6958 case DT_PLTGOT:
6959 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.hgot != NULL);
6960 s = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section;
6961 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
6962 + s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
6963 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
6964 break;
6965
6966 case DT_JMPREL:
6967 s = htab->root.srelplt->output_section;
6968 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6969 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
6970 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
6971 break;
6972
6973 case DT_PLTRELSZ:
6974 s = htab->root.srelplt->output_section;
6975 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
6976 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
6977 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
6978 break;
6979 }
6980 }
6981
6982 /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table. */
6983 splt = htab->root.splt;
6984 if (splt && splt->size > 0 && htab->plt_info->plt0_entry)
6985 {
6986 unsigned int i;
6987
6988 memcpy (splt->contents,
6989 htab->plt_info->plt0_entry,
6990 htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size);
6991 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields); i++)
6992 if (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i] != MINUS_ONE)
6993 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
6994 (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6995 + sgotplt->output_offset
6996 + (i * 4)),
6997 (splt->contents
6998 + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i]));
6999
7000 if (htab->vxworks_p)
7001 {
7002 /* Finalize the .rela.plt.unloaded contents. */
7003 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7004 bfd_byte *loc;
7005
7006 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the
7007 first PLT entry's pointer to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8. */
7008 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
7009 rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
7010 + splt->output_offset
7011 + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[2]);
7012 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
7013 rel.r_addend = 8;
7014 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7015 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7016
7017 /* Fix up the remaining .rela.plt.unloaded relocations.
7018 They may have the wrong symbol index for _G_O_T_ or
7019 _P_L_T_ depending on the order in which symbols were
7020 output. */
7021 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
7022 {
7023 /* The PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt slot. */
7024 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
7025 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx,
7026 R_SH_DIR32);
7027 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7028 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7029
7030 /* The .got.plt slot's pointer to .plt. */
7031 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
7032 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx,
7033 R_SH_DIR32);
7034 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7035 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7036 }
7037 }
7038
7039 /* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't
7040 really seem like the right value. */
7041 elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
7042 }
7043 }
7044
7045 /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table. */
7046 if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0 && !htab->fdpic_p)
7047 {
7048 if (sdyn == NULL)
7049 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents);
7050 else
7051 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
7052 sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
7053 sgotplt->contents);
7054 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 4);
7055 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 8);
7056 }
7057
7058 if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0)
7059 elf_section_data (sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
7060
7061 /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT. */
7062 if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
7063 {
7064 struct elf_link_hash_entry *hgot = htab->root.hgot;
7065 bfd_vma got_value = hgot->root.u.def.value
7066 + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7067 + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
7068
7069 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, got_value);
7070
7071 /* Make sure we allocated and generated the same number of fixups. */
7072 BFD_ASSERT (htab->srofixup->reloc_count * 4 == htab->srofixup->size);
7073 }
7074
7075 if (htab->srelfuncdesc)
7076 BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelfuncdesc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
7077 == htab->srelfuncdesc->size);
7078
7079 if (htab->root.srelgot)
7080 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.srelgot->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
7081 == htab->root.srelgot->size);
7082
7083 return TRUE;
7084 }
7085
7086 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
7087 sh_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7088 const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7089 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
7090 {
7091 switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
7092 {
7093 case R_SH_RELATIVE:
7094 return reloc_class_relative;
7095 case R_SH_JMP_SLOT:
7096 return reloc_class_plt;
7097 case R_SH_COPY:
7098 return reloc_class_copy;
7099 default:
7100 return reloc_class_normal;
7101 }
7102 }
7103
7104 #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7105 /* Support for Linux core dump NOTE sections. */
7106
7107 static bfd_boolean
7108 elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7109 {
7110 int offset;
7111 unsigned int size;
7112
7113 switch (note->descsz)
7114 {
7115 default:
7116 return FALSE;
7117
7118 case 168: /* Linux/SH */
7119 /* pr_cursig */
7120 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
7121
7122 /* pr_pid */
7123 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
7124
7125 /* pr_reg */
7126 offset = 72;
7127 size = 92;
7128
7129 break;
7130 }
7131
7132 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7133 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7134 size, note->descpos + offset);
7135 }
7136
7137 static bfd_boolean
7138 elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7139 {
7140 switch (note->descsz)
7141 {
7142 default:
7143 return FALSE;
7144
7145 case 124: /* Linux/SH elf_prpsinfo */
7146 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
7147 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
7148 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
7149 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
7150 }
7151
7152 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7153 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7154 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7155
7156 {
7157 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
7158 int n = strlen (command);
7159
7160 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
7161 command[n - 1] = '\0';
7162 }
7163
7164 return TRUE;
7165 }
7166 #endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
7167
7168
7169 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
7170 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
7171
7172 static bfd_vma
7173 sh_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
7174 const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7175 {
7176 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
7177
7178 plt_info = get_plt_info (plt->owner, (plt->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0);
7179 return plt->vma + get_plt_offset (plt_info, i);
7180 }
7181
7182 /* Decide whether to attempt to turn absptr or lsda encodings in
7183 shared libraries into pcrel within the given input section. */
7184
7185 static bfd_boolean
7186 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame (bfd *input_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7187 struct bfd_link_info *info,
7188 asection *eh_frame_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7189 {
7190 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7191
7192 /* We can't use PC-relative encodings in FDPIC binaries, in general. */
7193 if (htab->fdpic_p)
7194 return FALSE;
7195
7196 return TRUE;
7197 }
7198
7199 /* Adjust the contents of an eh_frame_hdr section before they're output. */
7200
7201 static bfd_byte
7202 sh_elf_encode_eh_address (bfd *abfd,
7203 struct bfd_link_info *info,
7204 asection *osec, bfd_vma offset,
7205 asection *loc_sec, bfd_vma loc_offset,
7206 bfd_vma *encoded)
7207 {
7208 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7209 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7210
7211 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
7212 return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset, loc_sec,
7213 loc_offset, encoded);
7214
7215 h = htab->root.hgot;
7216 BFD_ASSERT (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
7217
7218 if (! h || (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
7219 == sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, loc_sec->output_section)))
7220 return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset,
7221 loc_sec, loc_offset, encoded);
7222
7223 BFD_ASSERT (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
7224 == (sh_elf_osec_to_segment
7225 (abfd, h->root.u.def.section->output_section)));
7226
7227 *encoded = osec->vma + offset
7228 - (h->root.u.def.value
7229 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7230 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7231
7232 return DW_EH_PE_datarel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4;
7233 }
7234
7235 #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7236 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_vec
7237 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh"
7238 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_le_vec
7239 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl"
7240 #endif
7241
7242 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_sh
7243 #define ELF_TARGET_ID SH_ELF_DATA
7244 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_SH
7245 #ifdef __QNXTARGET__
7246 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
7247 #else
7248 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x80
7249 #endif
7250
7251 #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
7252
7253 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup
7254 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \
7255 sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup
7256 #define elf_info_to_howto sh_elf_info_to_howto
7257 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section sh_elf_relax_section
7258 #define elf_backend_relocate_section sh_elf_relocate_section
7259 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
7260 sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents
7261 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject sh_elf_mkobject
7262 #define elf_backend_object_p sh_elf_object_p
7263 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \
7264 sh_elf_copy_private_data
7265 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
7266 sh_elf_merge_private_data
7267
7268 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook sh_elf_gc_mark_hook
7269 #define elf_backend_check_relocs sh_elf_check_relocs
7270 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol \
7271 sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
7272 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
7273 sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections
7274 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
7275 sh_elf_link_hash_table_create
7276 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
7277 sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
7278 #define elf_backend_always_size_sections \
7279 sh_elf_always_size_sections
7280 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
7281 sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections
7282 #define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym
7283 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
7284 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
7285 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
7286 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
7287 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class sh_elf_reloc_type_class
7288 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val sh_elf_plt_sym_val
7289 #define elf_backend_can_make_relative_eh_frame \
7290 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
7291 #define elf_backend_can_make_lsda_relative_eh_frame \
7292 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
7293 #define elf_backend_encode_eh_address \
7294 sh_elf_encode_eh_address
7295
7296 #define elf_backend_stack_align 8
7297 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
7298 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
7299 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
7300 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
7301 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
7302 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
7303 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
7304
7305 #define elf_backend_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16 TRUE
7306
7307 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7308
7309 #include "elf32-target.h"
7310
7311 /* NetBSD support. */
7312 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7313 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_nbsd_vec
7314 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7315 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh-nbsd"
7316 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7317 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_nbsd_le_vec
7318 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7319 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl-nbsd"
7320 #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7321 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
7322 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7323 #undef elf_symbol_leading_char
7324 #define elf_symbol_leading_char 0
7325 #undef elf32_bed
7326 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_nbsd_bed
7327
7328 #include "elf32-target.h"
7329
7330
7331 /* Linux support. */
7332 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7333 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_linux_be_vec
7334 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7335 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-shbig-linux"
7336 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7337 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_linux_vec
7338 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7339 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-sh-linux"
7340 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7341 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
7342
7343 #undef elf_backend_grok_prstatus
7344 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus
7345 #undef elf_backend_grok_psinfo
7346 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo
7347 #undef elf32_bed
7348 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_lin_bed
7349
7350 #include "elf32-target.h"
7351
7352
7353 /* FDPIC support. */
7354 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7355 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec
7356 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7357 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-shbig-fdpic"
7358 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7359 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec
7360 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7361 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-sh-fdpic"
7362
7363 #undef elf32_bed
7364 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_fd_bed
7365
7366 #include "elf32-target.h"
7367
7368 #undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers
7369
7370 /* VxWorks support. */
7371 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7372 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_vxworks_vec
7373 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7374 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh-vxworks"
7375 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7376 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec
7377 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7378 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl-vxworks"
7379 #undef elf32_bed
7380 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_vxworks_bed
7381
7382 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
7383 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
7384 #undef elf_symbol_leading_char
7385 #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
7386 #define elf_backend_want_got_underscore 1
7387 #undef elf_backend_grok_prstatus
7388 #undef elf_backend_grok_psinfo
7389 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
7390 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
7391 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
7392 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
7393 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
7394 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
7395 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
7396 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
7397 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
7398 elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
7399 #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7400 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
7401 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7402
7403 #include "elf32-target.h"
7404
7405 #endif /* neither INCLUDE_SHMEDIA nor SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
This page took 0.203993 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.